WO2023124694A1 - Channel access mode determination method and apparatus - Google Patents

Channel access mode determination method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023124694A1
WO2023124694A1 PCT/CN2022/134771 CN2022134771W WO2023124694A1 WO 2023124694 A1 WO2023124694 A1 WO 2023124694A1 CN 2022134771 W CN2022134771 W CN 2022134771W WO 2023124694 A1 WO2023124694 A1 WO 2023124694A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
channel access
sta
access mode
neural network
channel
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/134771
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘鹏
郭子阳
郭宇宸
杨讯
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023124694A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023124694A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/002Transmission of channel access control information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/04Scheduled access

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a method and device for determining a channel access mode.
  • channels are shared, that is, multiple terminal devices in the wireless network use the same shared channel for communication. Then, if two or more terminal devices send messages at the same time, a communication conflict will occur, and the message transmission of the terminal device will fail, resulting in a low throughput of the channel and a large communication delay of the terminal device. .
  • terminal devices can use carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) mechanism or neural network to decide whether to access the channel to avoid shared channel conflicts.
  • CSMA/CA carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance
  • the CSMA/CA mechanism avoids conflicts through randomization, which has defects such as large time delay and poor fairness.
  • the neural network that decides whether to access the channel is obtained through a large amount of environmental data training. If the real environmental information is quite different from the training data, the channel access results output by the neural network will deviate from the real results, and there will always be conflicts or no packets will be sent. The phenomenon.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for determining a channel access mode, which is beneficial to improving system throughput and reducing communication delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining a channel access mode.
  • the first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, and determines the channel access mode of the station STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel.
  • the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and accuracy of the neural network. At least one of the loss values.
  • the first device determines whether the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode or the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, which is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access mode to decide to connect.
  • Incoming channel which is beneficial to improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
  • the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: When a preset value is reached, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method Way.
  • the first device When the accuracy received by the first device is greater than the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the first channel access method exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the first channel access method as the channel access method of the STA; the first When the accuracy received by the device is less than or equal to the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the first channel access method does not exceed expectations, and the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method to decide to access the channel, so the first device uses the first channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the two-channel access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA. It can be seen that this method is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, including: When it is greater than the second preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; the second preset value is greater than zero; or, when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, the first device, It is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode. The second preset value is greater than zero.
  • the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the accuracy of the first channel access mode used by the STA from the accuracy. If the second preset value is greater than zero, then the accuracy received by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA. When the first value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the accuracy received by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA and exceeds the expected value, so that the first device determines the channel access method of the STA It is the first channel access method.
  • the first preset value When the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the receiving accuracy of the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA, and the degree of accuracy does not exceed the expected value, that is, the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method.
  • a channel access mode decides to access the channel, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the foregoing first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value received by the first device from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  • the first value is greater than zero, indicating that the loss value received by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  • the first preset value When the first preset value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value received by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA and exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access method; when the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value received by the first device is less than the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA and does not exceed expectations, That is, the STA is not suitable for adopting the first channel access mode to decide to access the channel, so the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the first device may also send The second device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter.
  • the third preset value is greater than the first preset value, and the channel access parameters may be the structure of the neural network, the weights and offsets of the neural network, and the like.
  • the first device may also select the channel access mode of the STA when the first value is greater than the first channel access mode.
  • the preset value is four, the first indication information is sent to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter.
  • the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  • the first device may determine that the STA needs to update the channel used by the first channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • Neural network so that STA uses the updated neural network to decide STA access channel, which can further improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
  • the first device may also send the determined channel access mode to the second device, so that the second device The channel access mode determined by the first device is acquired.
  • the first device when the first device is a STA, the first device may also receive second indication information from the second device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the second device agrees to access the channel of the STA The mode is switched to the determined channel access mode. Therefore, the first device switches the current channel access mode of the STA to the determined channel access mode.
  • the first device when the first device is an access point AP, the first device may also update the channel access mode status table stored by the first device according to the determined channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the first device when the first device agrees with the second device to update the current channel access mode of the STA to a certain channel access mode, the first device can also update the channel access mode status table to maintain the same channel access mode as the STA. way of data transmission.
  • the first device when the first device is a STA, and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, it may also receive the channel access parameter from the second device. Therefore, the first device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameter to obtain the updated neural network, and then the first device uses the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
  • the first device when the first device is an AP and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, the first device may also send the channel access parameter to other STAs associated with the first device. parameters, so that other STAs can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters, and use the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
  • the present application also provides a method for determining a channel access mode.
  • the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect corresponds to the method for determining the channel access mode in the first aspect, and the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect is explained from the side of the second device.
  • the second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the first channel access mode refers to using a neural network to decide a station STA to access a channel.
  • the performance evaluation value includes at least one of accuracy and loss value of the neural network.
  • the second device obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode by training the neural network that decides the STA access channel, and sends the performance evaluation value to the second device. Therefore, it is beneficial for the second device to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel. It is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide the STA access channel. In turn, it is beneficial to improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
  • the second device may further receive a channel access mode from the first device, and the channel access mode is determined by the first device according to a performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the second device is an access point AP. Then, the second device determines, according to the received channel access mode, that the STA needs to update the current channel access. Therefore, the second device may also update the stored channel access mode state table according to the channel access mode, and send the second indication information to the first device.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the second device to agree with the first device to switch the channel access mode of the STA to a certain channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the second device is a STA, and after receiving the channel access mode from the first device, the second device switches the current channel access mode of the second device to the channel access mode , so that the second device adopts the switched channel access mode to decide the channel to be accessed by the STA.
  • the second device when the second device is an access point AP, the second device may also receive first indication information from the first device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter .
  • the second device sends the channel access parameter to the first device, so that the first device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameter.
  • the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  • the second device when the second device is a STA, the second device may further receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Therefore, the second device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network, and obtains the updated neural network. Furthermore, the second device adopts the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a method for determining a channel access mode.
  • the first device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the first channel access method refers to the use of neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel
  • the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network
  • the second channel access method refers to the use of carrier sense
  • the collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
  • the first device obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method by training the neural network that decides the STA access channel, and uses the performance evaluation value from the first channel access method and the second channel access method.
  • the channel access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA. Therefore, it is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, thereby improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
  • the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: When a preset value is reached, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method Way.
  • the first device When the accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the neural network exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the first channel access method as the channel access method of the STA; the first device When the accuracy of training the neural network is less than or equal to the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the neural network has not exceeded expectations, and the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method to decide to access the channel, so the first device uses the second channel
  • the access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA. It can be seen that this method is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, including: When it is greater than the second preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; the second preset value is greater than zero; or, when the first value is less than or equal to the third preset value, the first device, It is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the first value is the value of accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or, the first value is the value of the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA minus the loss value.
  • the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the accuracy of the first channel access mode used by the STA from the accuracy. If the second preset value is greater than zero, then the accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA. When the first value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA and exceeds the expected value, so that the first device determines the channel of the STA
  • the access mode is the first channel access mode.
  • the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the degree of accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA does not exceed the expected value, that is, the STA does not It is suitable to use the first channel access mode to decide to access the channel, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the foregoing first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value received by the first device from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  • the first value is greater than zero, indicating that the loss value received by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  • the first preset value When the first preset value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value of the neural network trained by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA and exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the channel of the STA
  • the access method is the first channel access method; when the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value of the neural network trained by the first device is smaller than the first channel access method used by the STA.
  • the loss value does not exceed the expectation, that is, the STA is not suitable for adopting the first channel access mode to decide to access the channel, so the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the first device may also send a request to the second channel access method when the accuracy is greater than the third preset value.
  • the second device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, and the second preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  • the channel access parameters may be the structure of the neural network, the weights and biases of the neural network, and the like.
  • the first device may also set the first value greater than the fourth preset value , sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, and the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  • the first device may determine that the STA needs to update the channel used by the first channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • Neural network so that STAs use the updated neural network to decide STA access channels, which can further improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
  • the first device may also send the determined channel access method to the second device when the determined channel access method is different from the current channel access method of the STA, so that the second device The channel access mode determined by the first device is acquired.
  • the first device when the first device is an access point AP, and the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the first device may also update the channel access mode status table , to perform data transmission in the same channel access mode as the STA.
  • the channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the first device when the first device is a STA, and the determined channel access method is different from the current channel access method of the STA, the first device may also access the channel of the first device The mode is switched to the determined channel access mode, so that the first device adopts the determined channel access mode to decide to access the channel by the STA.
  • the first device when the first device is an access point AP, and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, the first device may also send the channel access parameter to the second device, so that The second means updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters.
  • the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  • the first device when the first device is a STA and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters, the first device can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain the updated The updated neural network, so that the first device uses the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
  • the present application also provides a method for determining a channel access mode.
  • the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect corresponds to the method for determining the channel access mode in the third aspect, and the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect is explained from the side of the second device.
  • the second device receives the channel access method from the first device; the second device switches the current channel access method to the received channel access method, and the channel access method is the first device according to the first channel access method.
  • the performance evaluation value of the access mode is determined from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel
  • the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network at least one of the values.
  • the channel access mode received by the second device is determined by the first device from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. Therefore, the second device switches the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode, so that the STA can use an appropriate channel access mode to decide to access the channel.
  • the second device may also receive channel access parameters, and update the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network. Therefore, the second device adopts the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
  • the present application also provides a method for determining a channel access mode.
  • the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect corresponds to the method for determining the channel access mode in the third aspect, and the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect is explained from the side of the second device.
  • the second device receives the channel access mode from the first device, and updates the channel access mode state table according to the channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode is determined by the first device from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel.
  • the performance evaluation value includes at least one of accuracy and loss value of the neural network.
  • the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the channel access mode received by the second device is determined by the first device according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, so the second device updates the channel access mode status table according to the received channel access mode to The second device adopts the same channel access method as that of the first device to decide to access the channel.
  • the second device may further receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Therefore, the second device can send channel access parameters to other STAs associated with the second device, so that other STAs associated with it can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters, and then use the updated neural network to decide STA access channel.
  • the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  • the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device has part or all of the functions of the first device described in the above first aspect, or part or all of the functions of the second device described in the above second aspect, or has the function of realizing the above third aspect.
  • Part or all of the functions of the first device either implement part or all of the functions of the second device described in the fourth aspect above, or realize part or all of the functions of the second device described in the fifth aspect above.
  • the function of the device may have the functions of some or all embodiments of the first device described in the first aspect of the present application, and may also have the function of independently implementing any embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the structure of the device may include a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method.
  • the communication unit is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit, which is used to be coupled with the processing unit and the communication unit, and stores necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • a communication unit configured to receive a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using a neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy of the neural network and at least one of loss value;
  • a processing unit configured to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access method refers to using The carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the processing unit is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel;
  • the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the neural network;
  • the communication unit is configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the processing unit is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode;
  • the first channel access mode refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of the neural network;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode;
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the channel access of the STA.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the communication unit is configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device
  • the processing unit is configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode
  • the channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA;
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
  • the performance evaluation value At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network is included.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the communication unit is configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device
  • the processing unit is configured to update the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode
  • the channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel;
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
  • the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network;
  • the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA in the plurality of STAs associated with the first device, each STA Whether to support the first channel access mode and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver or a communication interface
  • the storage unit may be a memory
  • the processing unit may be a processor
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the transceiver is used to receive the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy of the neural network and at least one of loss value;
  • a processor configured to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access method refers to using The carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the processor is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel;
  • the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the neural network;
  • a transceiver configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • a processor configured to train a neural network, and obtain a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network;
  • the processor is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode; the second channel access mode
  • the two-channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
  • the transceiver is used to receive the channel access mode from the first device
  • a processor configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode; the channel access mode is the performance evaluation value of the first device according to the first channel access mode, from the first channel access mode
  • the access method and the second channel access method are determined; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel; the second channel access method refers to the use of carrier sense conflict avoidance
  • a mechanism decides the access channel of the STA; the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and the loss value of the neural network.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transmission and reception; the transceiver is used to receive the channel access method from the first device; processing A device, configured to update the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode;
  • the channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel;
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
  • the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network;
  • the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA in the plurality of STAs associated with the first device, each STA Whether to support the first channel access mode and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the processing unit may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit; the transceiver unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may be used to perform, for example but not limited to, baseband related processing
  • the transceiver may be used to perform, for example but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving.
  • the above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on independent chips, or at least partly or all of them may be arranged on the same chip.
  • processors can be further divided into analog baseband processors and digital baseband processors.
  • the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on an independent chip.
  • a digital baseband processor can be integrated with various application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) on the same chip.
  • application processors such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.
  • SoC System on a Chip
  • the present application further provides a processor configured to execute the above-mentioned various methods.
  • the process of sending the above information and receiving the above information in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting the above information by the processor and the process of receiving the input of the above information by the processor.
  • the processor When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the above information is output by the processor, other processing may be required before reaching the transceiver.
  • the processor receives the above-mentioned input information
  • the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information and inputs it to the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to be processed before being input to the processor.
  • receiving the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method mentioned in the foregoing method may be understood as the processor inputting the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a processor dedicated to performing these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to perform these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
  • the above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be respectively arranged on different chips.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • the embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
  • the present application further provides a communication system, where the system includes at least one first device and at least one second device according to the above aspect.
  • the system may further include other devices that interact with the first device and the second device in the solution provided by the present application.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects above is implemented.
  • the present application further provides a computer program product including instructions, which, when run on a computer, implement the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
  • the present application provides a chip system, the chip
  • the chip system includes a processor and an interface, where the interface is used to acquire programs or instructions, and the processor is used to call the programs or instructions to realize or support the first device to realize the functions involved in the first aspect, or to call the
  • the above programs or instructions are used to realize or support the second device to realize the functions involved in the second aspect, or to call the programs or instructions to realize or support the first device to realize the functions involved in the third aspect, or to call
  • the program or instruction is used to implement or support the second device to implement the functions involved in the fourth aspect, or is used to call the program or instruction to implement or support the second device to implement the functions involved in the fourth aspect.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is configured to store necessary program instructions and data of the terminal.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an AP and STA provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a state transition diagram when a terminal device adopts a CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access a channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a state transition diagram when a terminal device uses a neural network to decide whether to access a channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of a method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a frame format of an information unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include but not limited to one access point (access point, AP) and three stations (station, STA).
  • the number and form of devices shown in FIG. 1 are for example, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, two or more APs and three or more STAs may be included.
  • the communication system shown in Figure 1 uses AP 101, STA 1021, STA 1022, and STA 1023.
  • the AP 101 can provide wireless services for STA 1021, STA 1022, and STA 1023, and the communication link between each STA and the AP shares a channel As an example to illustrate.
  • AP101 in Figure 1 is an example of a base station
  • STA 1021, STA 1022, and STA 1023 are examples of mobile phones.
  • Both the AP and the STA include a processor, a Media Access Control (MAC) module, a transceiver, and an antenna.
  • the MAC module includes a first module and a second module.
  • the first module refers to a module that uses the carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) mechanism to decide whether to access the channel.
  • the second module is Refers to the module that uses the neural network to decide whether to access the channel.
  • the STA or AP can only select one module from the first module and the second module to decide whether to access the channel.
  • the transceiver is used to realize the sending and receiving function through the antenna.
  • the above-mentioned communication system may be a wireless local area network (Wireless local area network, WLAN) or a cellular network, or other wireless communication systems that support multiple links for parallel transmission.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly takes the deployment of IEEE 802.11 network as an example for illustration, and various aspects involved in the present application can be extended to other networks using various standards or protocols, for example, BLUETOOTH (Bluetooth), high-performance wireless LAN (high performance radio LAN, HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to the IEEE 802.11 standard, used primarily in Europe), and wide area networks (WANs), personal area networks (PANs), or other networks now known or later developed.
  • BLUETOOTH Bluetooth
  • high-performance wireless LAN high performance radio LAN, HIPERLAN
  • WANs wide area networks
  • PANs personal area networks
  • the various aspects presented herein can be applied to any suitable wireless network, regardless of the coverage area and wireless access protocol used.
  • the STA has a wireless transceiver function, can support 802.11 series protocols, and communicate with an AP or other STAs.
  • the STA can be any user communication device that allows the user to communicate with the AP and then communicate with the WLAN, such as including but not limited to, tablet computers, desktops, laptops, notebook computers, ultra-mobile personal computers (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer, UMPC), handheld computers, netbooks, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), mobile phones and other user equipment that can be connected to the Internet, or IoT nodes in the Internet of Things, or vehicle communication devices in the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the STA may also be chips and processing systems in the above terminal devices.
  • the AP is a device that provides services for STAs, and can support 802.11 series protocols.
  • an AP can be a communication entity such as a communication server, a router, a switch, or a network bridge, or an AP can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc.
  • an AP can also be a chip in these various forms of equipment and a processing system, thereby realizing the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • Embodiments disclosed in the application will present various aspects, embodiments or features of the application around a system including a plurality of devices, components, modules, and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. Additionally, combinations of these schemes can also be used.
  • channels are shared.
  • the terminal device can use the CSMA/CA mechanism or the neural network to decide whether to access the channel, so as to avoid shared channel conflicts. The following describes the detailed process of terminal equipment using the CSMA/CA mechanism and neural network decision-making to access the channel:
  • the terminal device uses the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access the channel.
  • FIG. 3 is a state transition diagram when a terminal device adopts the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access a channel.
  • the terminal device is in an idle state (idle) when there is no new message to be sent.
  • the new message first enters the Distributed Inter-frame Spacing (DIFS) state.
  • DIFS Distributed Inter-frame Spacing
  • the terminal device listens to the channel for a preset time, and once it detects that the channel is idle for a continuous time, a new message enters a contention state.
  • the terminal device continues to listen to the channel in the "contention” state, and each time the listening channel is idle, the back-off (Back off, BOF) value will be reduced by "1", until the BOF is reduced to "0", the terminal device will use the new The message is transferred to the sending state, that is, the "TX" state, and the message is sent to the receiving end. If the terminal device is in the listening process of the "contention” state, once it detects that the channel is busy, it will enter the waiting state, that is, the "hold” state. In the "hold” state, the terminal device performs channel monitoring. Once the channel monitoring is idle, it returns to the "DIFS" state, otherwise it stays in the "hold” state.
  • Negative Acknowledge, NAK Negative Acknowledge
  • the terminal device adopts the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access the channel, which can also be called the distributed coordination function (Distributed Coordination Function, DCF).
  • DCF Distributed Coordination Function
  • the terminal device uses the neural network to decide whether to access the channel.
  • FIG. 4 is a state transition diagram of a terminal device using a neural network to decide whether to access a channel.
  • the terminal device detects that the channel is idle in the "DIFS" state, the terminal device uses the current environment information as the input of the neural network, and obtains information about whether to connect to the neural network output. The result of entering the channel.
  • the neural network is obtained by the terminal device by training it based on a large amount of historical environmental information.
  • the environmental information can be all states that can be collected by the Media Access Control (MAC) layer and the Physical (PHY) layer, such as channel listening results, packet loss, etc.
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • PHY Physical
  • the terminal equipment avoids collisions through randomization, which has defects such as large time delay and poor fairness.
  • the neural network that decides whether to access the channel is obtained through a large amount of environmental data training. If the real environmental information is quite different from the training data, the channel access results output by the neural network will deviate from the real results, and there will always be conflicts or no packets will be sent. The phenomenon.
  • the terminal device uses a neural network to decide whether to access a channel, the terminal device needs to have relatively large computing power, and the terminal device consumes a lot of power.
  • the terminal device can switch the channel access mode to use the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access the channel. If the interference situation of the terminal device changes, the terminal device can also switch the current channel access mode. If the terminal device uses the current channel access mode to decide whether to access the channel, but always determines not to send packets, or always conflicts, the terminal device can also switch the current channel access mode. That is to say, when a terminal device decides to access a channel, it needs to select an appropriate channel access method to improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
  • the second device when the first device is an access point (Access Point, AP), the second device is a station (station, STA); when the first device is a STA, the second device is an AP.
  • Access Point AP
  • station station
  • STA station
  • AP access point
  • FIG. 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 100 for determining a channel access mode.
  • the method 100 for determining a channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between a first device and a second device.
  • the channel access mode determination method 100 includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • the second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the site STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network. at least one of the values.
  • the neural network is a neural network used when deciding whether an STA accesses a channel, and deciding whether an STA accesses a channel refers to deciding whether an STA accesses a channel.
  • the first access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the STA, so the neural network is also the neural network used when the first access method is used to decide the access channel.
  • the neural network is a neural network trained by the STA or the access point AP according to a large amount of historical environment information.
  • the condition for triggering the second device to train the neural network may be that a state in the network changes. For example, the number of nodes served by the network changes, services served in the network change significantly, and network performance changes (such as an increase in packet loss rate), etc. If the condition for training the neural network is triggered, the second device trains the neural network.
  • the algorithm used by the second device to train the neural network may be gradient descent algorithm, Newton algorithm, conjugate gradient method, quasi-Newton method, Levenberg-Marquardt (Levenberg-Marquardt) algorithm, and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the algorithm for training the neural network.
  • the second device trains the neural network
  • the current environment information is used as the input of the neural network, and the neural network outputs performance evaluation values.
  • the performance evaluation values output by the neural network are different.
  • the second device uses a reinforcement learning algorithm to train the neural network, and the performance evaluation value output by the neural network is a loss value.
  • the performance evaluation value output by the neural network is accuracy and loss value. Therefore, the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network.
  • accuracy is a value in the range of 0 to 1, and the accuracy is used to reflect the accuracy of neural network training.
  • the loss value reflects the error between the output of the neural network and the target value given the input of the neural network. The smaller the loss value, the better the training result of the neural network parameters.
  • the embodiment of this application does not specify the range of the loss value.
  • the neural network when the second device trains the neural network, the neural network also outputs neural network parameters of the neural network.
  • the neural network parameters include the structure, weight, and bias of the neural network.
  • the neural network parameters are used to decide the STA access channel.
  • the second device can obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode by training the neural network that decides the STA access channel.
  • the second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner to the first device, so that the first device determines the channel access manner of the STA according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner from the second device.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
  • the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the accuracy, or determines the channel access method of the STA according to the accuracy and the first channel access method used by the STA.
  • the accuracy of the channel access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode.
  • the performance evaluation value is a loss value
  • the first device determines the channel of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the loss value and the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA access method.
  • the performance evaluation value is the accuracy and the loss value
  • the first device selects the accuracy or the loss value to determine the channel access mode of the STA.
  • the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA refers to: the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA when using the first channel access method to decide to access a channel last time.
  • the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA refers to the loss value of the neural network used by the STA when it uses the first channel access method to decide to access a channel last time.
  • Embodiment 1 The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to accuracy.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the accuracy and the magnitude of the first preset value. That is to say, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: when the accuracy is greater than the first preset value, the first device , determining that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method.
  • the first preset value is preset by the first device, and the first preset value is greater than 0 and less than 1.
  • the accuracy when the accuracy is greater than the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the trained neural network has reached the expected value, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, that is, determines that the STA uses the neural network
  • the network decides to access the channel; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the trained neural network has not reached the expected value, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode, namely It is determined that the STA uses the carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide to access the channel.
  • the performance evaluation value obtained by the first device is accuracy
  • the accuracy of the trained neural network reaches the expected value
  • the accuracy does not reach the expected value
  • it is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode, so that the STA adopts an appropriate channel access mode to decide to access the channel.
  • the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the accuracy and the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the first value, where the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the accuracy of the first channel access mode used by the STA from the obtained accuracy. That is to say, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: the first device determines the STA channel access method when the first value is greater than the second preset value , determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method.
  • the second preset value is greater than zero, indicating that the accuracy obtained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA, that is, the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA.
  • the first value is greater than the second preset value, indicating that the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA and exceeds the expected value, so that the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method ;
  • the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, indicating that the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA and does not exceed the expected value, that is, the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method to make access decisions channel, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method or the second channel access method according to the degree to which the obtained accuracy is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA. . Therefore, the STA can adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the loss value and the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the first value, where the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the obtained loss value from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the first value, which is the same as that in Embodiment 2 above, that is, the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode when the first value is greater than the second preset value.
  • Mode the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value.
  • the second preset value is greater than zero, indicating that the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA is greater than the loss value obtained by the first device, then the error of the trained neural network is smaller than that of the first channel access method used by the STA.
  • the first value is greater than the second preset value, indicating that the error of the trained neural network is smaller than the error of the neural network used by the STA in the first channel access method and reaches the expected value, so that the first device determines the channel access of the STA.
  • the input method is the first channel access method; the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, indicating that the error of the trained neural network is less than the error of the neural network used by the STA in the first channel access method.
  • the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the first device determines the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode. channel access method. Therefore, the STA can adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the first device may also select from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to other functional relationships between the obtained loss value and the accuracy of the first access method used by the STA. Determine the channel access mode of the STA.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the embodiment manner in which the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the obtained loss value and the accuracy of the first access mode used by the STA.
  • the second device trains the neural network that decides the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, and sends the performance evaluation value to the first device.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the first means is to determine the channel access mode of the STA according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the first device determines that the STA uses the neural network to decide to access the channel; when the performance of the trained neural network is poor, the first device determines that the STA does not use the neural network to decide to access the channel, and Adopt the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide the access channel. Therefore, the STA adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can reduce the channel conflict or packet loss rate when the STA sends data, thereby improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application also proposes a method 200 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an AP and the second device as an STA as an example.
  • FIG. 6 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 200 for determining a channel access mode. The method 200 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA.
  • the channel access mode determination method 200 includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • AP trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel.
  • the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
  • the AP sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode to the STA.
  • the STA receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode from the AP.
  • the STA determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
  • the STA determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value. , the implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode will not be repeated here.
  • the STA sends the determined channel access mode to the AP.
  • the STA When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode, the STA sends the determined channel access mode to the AP, so as to request the AP to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode.
  • the current channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode
  • the channel access mode determined by the STA according to the performance evaluation value is the second channel access mode
  • the STA sends the second channel access mode to the AP, To request the AP to switch the current first channel access mode of the STA to the second channel access mode.
  • the current channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode
  • the channel access mode determined by the STA according to the performance evaluation value is the first channel access mode
  • the STA sends the first channel access mode to the AP, To request the AP to switch the current second channel access mode of the STA to the first channel access mode.
  • the AP receives the channel access mode from the STA.
  • the AP updates the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the AP, and whether each STA supports the first channel access mode. , the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the AP after the AP receives the channel access method from the STA, it learns that the received channel access method is compatible with the STA's current channel access method in the channel access method status table.
  • the current channel access mode of the STA is different, so as to determine whether to agree with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode.
  • the default STA requests to switch the current channel access method to the received channel access method, so that the AP determines whether to agree with the STA to use the current channel access method
  • the access mode is switched to the channel access mode of receiving.
  • the AP if the AP agrees with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode, then the AP locally stores the channel access mode status table according to the received channel access mode.
  • the updating of the channel access mode status table by the AP according to the received channel access mode means that the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode status table to the received channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the AP, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the channel access mode supported by each STA is the first channel access mode or the second channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode status table locally stored by the AP is shown in Table 1 below.
  • the identities of each STA among the 3 STAs associated with the AP are identification #1, identification #2, and identification #3, and the identification is the Media Access Control layer (Media Access Control, MAC ) logo.
  • Both STA#1 and STA#2 respectively corresponding to the identifier #1 and the identifier #2 support the first channel access method, and STA#3 corresponding to the identifier #3 does not support the first channel access method. That is, both STA#1 and STA#2 can use the first channel access method to decide to access the channel, while STA#3 can only use the second channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the current channel access modes of STA#1, STA#2, and STA#3 are the first channel access mode, the second channel access mode, and the second channel access mode. If the AP receives the first channel access method from STA#2, and the AP agrees that STA#2 will switch the current second channel access method to the first channel access method, then the AP will switch the current access method of STA#2 to The access method is updated to the first channel access method.
  • the UHT capabilities element is carried in the wireless frame sent by the STA to the AP during the process of associating the STA with the AP.
  • the frame format of the UHT capabilities element can be seen in Figure 7, that is, the UHT capabilities element includes the first channel access mode support subfield, and the first channel access mode support subfield is used to indicate whether the STA supports the first channel access The method decides to access the channel.
  • the AP when the AP agrees with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode, the AP can also combine the current channel access mode of each of the multiple STAs associated with the AP with the The received channel access methods are all updated to the received channel access methods of other STAs, so that all STAs associated with the AP use the received channel access methods to decide to access channels, further improving System throughput, and reduce communication delay.
  • the STAs associated with the AP are STA#1, STA#2, and STA#3.
  • STA#1, STA#2, and STA#3 all support using the first channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • STA#1 The current channel access mode of STA#2 is the second channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of STA#3 is the first channel access mode.
  • the AP receives the first channel access method from STA#2, that is, the AP learns that STA#2 requests to switch the current second channel access method to the first channel access method.
  • the AP When the AP agrees with STA#2 to switch the current second channel access method to the first channel access method, it updates the current channel access method of STA#2 in the channel status table to the first channel access method, and changes the channel status to the first channel access method.
  • the current channel access method of STA#1 in the table is also updated to the first channel access method, so that both STA#1 and STA#2 use the first channel access method determined by STA#2 to decide to access the channel, thus having It is beneficial to improve the throughput of the system and reduce the communication delay.
  • the AP sends second indication information to the STA, where the second indication information is used to instruct the AP to agree to update the channel access mode of the STA to a determined channel access mode.
  • the AP when the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode state table and also updates the current channel access mode of other STAs, the AP can also send the updated channel access mode to other STAs. access mode, so that other STAs switch the current channel access mode to this channel access mode.
  • the STA receives second indication information from the AP.
  • the STA switches the current channel access mode to a determined channel access mode.
  • the STA determines that the AP agrees to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode for the STA, so that the STA switches the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode. Furthermore, the STA can use a certain channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the STA may also determine whether the STA needs to update the channel access parameter when the determined channel access mode is the first channel access mode.
  • the channel access parameters may include the neural network structure and neural network parameters of the trained neural network.
  • the neural network structure includes: neural network type (such as fully connected neural network, convolutional neural network, recurrent neural network, etc.), the number of neural network layers, the number of neurons in each layer, and the activation function of each layer.
  • Neural network parameters include weight and bias.
  • the implementation of determining whether the STA needs to update the channel access parameters is as follows:
  • the STA may also send the first channel access method to the AP when the accuracy is greater than the third preset value.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters.
  • the third preset value is greater than the first preset value. That is to say, when the accuracy of the trained neural network is much greater than the expected value, the STA determines that the channel access method is the first channel access method, and the STA needs to update the parameters of the neural network, and indicates to the AP that the STA needs to use the first indication information. Update the parameters of the neural network.
  • the STA may also report to the second channel access mode when the first value is greater than the fourth preset value.
  • the second device sends first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter.
  • the STA determines that the channel access mode is the first channel access mode, and the STA needs to update the parameters of the neural network, and indicates to the AP that the STA needs to update the parameters of the neural network through the first indication information.
  • the AP may also receive the first indication information from the STA, and learn through the first indication information that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Furthermore, the AP unicasts the channel access parameters to the STA. Then the STA receives the channel access parameters from the AP, and updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain the updated neural network, so that the STA uses the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
  • the AP can also broadcast channel access parameters to such STAs, so as to Such STAs are made to update the neural network according to the received channel access parameters, and decide to access the channel according to the updated neural network.
  • the AP trains the neural network used to decide the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the STA access channel decision by using the neural network, and sends the performance evaluation value to the STA. Therefore, the STA determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode, the STA sends the determined channel access mode to the AP to request the AP to agree to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode.
  • the AP When the AP agrees with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the definite channel access mode, it informs the STA through indication information, so that the STA adopts the definite channel access mode to decide to access the channel.
  • the channel access mode finally adopted by the STA is determined according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. That is to say, when the performance of the trained neural network is good, the STA determines that the STA uses the neural network to decide to access the channel; when the trained neural network has poor performance, the first device determines that the STA does not use the neural network to decide to access the channel, but uses CSMA The /CA mechanism decides to access the channel. Therefore, the STA adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can reduce the channel conflict or packet loss rate when the STA sends data, thereby improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application also proposes a method 300 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an STA and the second device as an AP as an example.
  • FIG. 8 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 300 for determining a channel access mode. The method 300 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA.
  • the channel access mode determination method 300 includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • the STA trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first channel access method refers to the use of the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA.
  • the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
  • the implementation manner of training the neural network by the STA may refer to the implementation manner of training the neural network by the second device in S101 above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the STA sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode to the AP.
  • the AP receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode from the STA.
  • the AP determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the AP determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value. , the implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode will not be repeated here.
  • the AP updates the channel access mode status table.
  • the AP may determine whether the determined channel access mode is the same as the current channel access mode of the STA based on the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel channel access mode state table.
  • the AP determines that the STA needs to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode. Therefore, the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode status table to the determined channel access mode.
  • the implementation manner of updating the channel access mode state table by the AP may refer to the implementation manner of updating the channel access mode state table in S206 above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA.
  • the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode state table to the determined channel access mode, it sends the determined channel access mode to the STA, so that the STA switches the current channel access mode It is a definite channel access method.
  • the STA receives the channel access mode from the AP.
  • the STA switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode.
  • the channel access mode received by the STA is determined by the AP based on the performance evaluation value, and the channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, so the STA switches the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode , so that the STA uses the channel access method determined by the AP to decide to access the channel, that is, the STA uses the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can improve the system throughput and reduce the communication delay.
  • the AP determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode according to the accuracy or the above-mentioned first value, and determines that the STA needs to change the channel access mode according to the implementation of the method 200 for determining the channel access mode.
  • the AP sends first indication information to the STA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters. Therefore, the STA updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the trained neural network to obtain an updated neural network, and then the STA uses the updated neural network to decide to access a channel.
  • the STA trains the neural network for deciding to access the channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, and sends the performance evaluation value to the AP.
  • the AP determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA. Therefore, the STA switches the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode, and then the STA adopts the channel access mode determined by the AP to decide to access the channel.
  • the determined channel access method is determined by the AP according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. Therefore, the STA adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of the method 400 for determining a channel access mode.
  • the method 400 for determining a channel access mode is described from the perspective of the first device.
  • the channel access mode determination method 400 includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • the first device trains the neural network, and obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the site STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network. at least one of the values.
  • the first device trains the neural network and obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The implementation manner will not be repeated here.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
  • the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The implementation manner will not be repeated here.
  • the first device trains the neural network that decides the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method, and based on the performance evaluation value, selects the first channel access method and the second channel access method.
  • the channel access mode determine the channel access mode of the STA.
  • the STA can adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which is conducive to improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application also proposes a method 500 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an AP and the second device as an STA as an example.
  • FIG. 10 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 500 for determining a channel access mode. The method 500 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA.
  • the channel access mode determination method 500 includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • AP trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel.
  • the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
  • the AP trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. Please refer to the implementation of the second device training the neural network in S101 above to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. way, no more details.
  • the AP determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
  • the AP determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. For details, refer to the first device in S104 above. The implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA will not be repeated here.
  • the AP updates the channel access state table.
  • the AP may determine whether the determined channel access mode is the same as the current channel access mode of the STA according to the locally stored channel access mode state table. When the determined channel access mode of the AP is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP determines that the STA needs to switch the channel access mode, so it also updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode status table to the determined one. Channel access method to keep the same channel access method as STA. For the channel access mode status table, reference may be made to the above description, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the AP determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, and according to the implementation mode in the channel access mode determination method 200 described above, when it is determined that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter , sending first indication information to the STA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Therefore, by receiving the first indication information from the first device, the STA knows that it needs to update the channel access parameters.
  • the AP determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters, it sends the channel access parameters corresponding to the trained neural network to the STA.
  • the channel access parameters are as described above and will not be repeated here.
  • the AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA.
  • the STA receives the channel access mode from the AP.
  • the STA switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode.
  • the STA After receiving the channel access method from the AP, the STA will switch the current channel access method to the received channel access method by default, and then use the received channel access method to decide to access the channel.
  • the STA receives channel access parameters from the AP, uses the channel access parameters to update the neural network, obtains an updated neural network, and uses the updated neural network to decide to access a channel.
  • the AP trains the neural network that decides the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method, and according to the performance evaluation value, selects the first channel access method and the second channel access method , determine the channel access mode of the STA.
  • the AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA.
  • the STA switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode determined by the AP, and uses the determined channel access mode to decide to access the channel.
  • the channel access method adopted by the STA is determined by the AP according to the first performance evaluation value, that is, the STA adopts an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can improve the throughput of the system and reduce the communication delay.
  • this embodiment of the present application proposes a method 600 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an STA and the second device as an AP as an example.
  • FIG. 11 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 600 for determining a channel access mode. The method 600 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA.
  • the channel access mode determination method 600 includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • the STA trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to make decisions about the station STA's access to the channel.
  • the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
  • the STA trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the STA refer to the implementation of the second device training the neural network in S101 above to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. way, no more details.
  • the STA determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
  • the STA determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the STA determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
  • the first device in S104 please refer to the first device in S104 above.
  • the implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA will not be repeated here.
  • the STA determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, and according to the implementation mode in the channel access mode determination method 200 described above, when determining that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters , sending first indication information to the AP, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter.
  • the STA converts the current channel access mode into the determined channel access mode, and sends the determined channel access mode to the AP.
  • the STA switches the channel access method and sends the determined channel access method to the AP so that the AP knows that it has switched the current channel access method For the determined channel access method.
  • the channel access method determined by the STA is the first channel access method, and when the STA needs to update the channel access parameters, the STA updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the trained neural network. network to obtain the updated neural network. Therefore, the STA adopts the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
  • the AP receives the channel access mode from the STA.
  • the AP updates the channel access mode state table according to the channel access mode.
  • the AP After the AP receives the channel access mode from the STA, it can learn that the received channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA according to the channel access mode state table stored by the AP, so that the channel access mode The current channel access mode of the STA is updated to the received channel access mode, thereby maintaining the same channel access mode as the STA.
  • the channel access mode status table can be referred to above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the AP may also receive first indication information from the STA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the neural network parameters. Then, if the AP updates the current channel access methods of other STAs when updating the current channel access methods of STAs, the AP can also train the neural network used to The channel access parameters are sent to other STAs that have updated the current channel access mode, so that other STAs also update the neural network according to the received channel access parameters, and use the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
  • the STA trains the neural network that decides to access the channel by itself, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method, and based on the performance evaluation value, selects the first channel access method and the second channel access method , determine the channel access mode of the STA.
  • the STA switches the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode, so as to use the determined channel access mode to decide to access the channel. Therefore, the STA decides to access the channel by using the channel access method determined according to the performance evaluation value, that is, adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide the access channel, which can improve the throughput of the system and reduce the communication delay.
  • the first device or the second device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • various functions Whether one of the above-mentioned functions is executed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1200 .
  • the communication device 1200 may be a component of the first device (eg, integrated circuit, chip, etc.), or a component of the second device (eg, integrated circuit, chip, etc.).
  • the communication device 1200 may also be another communication unit, configured to implement the method in the method embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may include: a communication unit 1201 and a processing unit 1202 .
  • a storage unit 1203 may also be included.
  • one or more units in Figure 12 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memory; or by one or more processors and a transceiver; or by one or more processors, memories, and a transceiver, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor, memory, and transceiver can be set independently or integrated.
  • the communication device 1200 has the function of realizing the first device described in the embodiment of the present application, and optionally, the communication device 1200 has the function of realizing the second device described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 includes a first device that executes the modules or units or means (means) corresponding to the steps of the first device described in the embodiment of this application, and the functions or units or means (means) can be implemented by software, Or it may be realized by hardware, it may also be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware, and it may also be realized by a combination of software and hardware.
  • the functions or units or means (means) can be implemented by software, Or it may be realized by hardware, it may also be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware, and it may also be realized by a combination of software and hardware.
  • a communication device 1200 may include:
  • the communication unit 1201 is configured to receive a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using a neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the exact channel access value of the neural network. At least one of degree and loss value;
  • the processing unit 1202 is configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access mode refers to A carrier sensing collision avoidance mechanism is used to make a decision on the STA access channel.
  • the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for: When the accuracy is greater than a first preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to a first preset value, determine that the The channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for : When the first value is greater than a second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode; the second preset value is greater than zero; when the first value is less than or equal to the first channel access mode When two preset values are used, it is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or, the first value is the first channel access method used by the STA The loss value of the input mode minus the value of the loss value.
  • the processing unit 1202 when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it may also be configured to: when the accuracy is greater than a third preset value, send The second device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the third preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  • the processing unit 1202 when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it may also be configured to: when the first value is greater than a fourth preset value , sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  • the processing unit 1202 is further configured to: when the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, send the Definite channel access method.
  • the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the communication unit 1201 can also receive second indication information from the second device; the second indication information is used to indicate that the second The device agrees to switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode; the processing unit 1202 may also switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode .
  • the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the processing unit 1202 may also update the channel access mode status table according to the determined channel access mode; the channel access mode The state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the communication unit 1201 can also receive channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network
  • the processing unit 1202 may also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
  • a communication device 1200 may include:
  • the processing unit 1202 is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel;
  • the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the neural network;
  • the communication unit 1201 is configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner.
  • the communication unit 1201 is further configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device; the channel access mode is determined by the first device according to the performance evaluation value.
  • the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the processing unit 1202 may also update a channel access mode status table; the channel access mode status table includes the The identity of each STA among the multiple STAs, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA; the communication unit 1201 is also used to send the first device Sending second indication information; the second indication information is used to instruct the second device to agree to the first transposition to switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode.
  • the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the processing unit 1202 may also switch the channel access mode of the second device to the determined channel access mode.
  • the communication device 1200 is an access point AP
  • the communication unit 1201 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate The STA needs to update the channel access parameters; send the channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include the neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  • the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the communication unit 1201 may also receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The STA needs to update channel access parameters; the processing unit 1202 can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network, to obtain an updated neural network.
  • a communication device 1200 may include:
  • the processing unit 1202 is configured to train a neural network and obtain a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of the neural network;
  • the processing unit 1202 is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode;
  • the second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the channel access of the STA.
  • the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for: When the accuracy is greater than a first preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to a first preset value, determine that the The channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  • the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for : When the first value is greater than a second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode; the second preset value is greater than zero; when the first value is less than or equal to the first channel access mode When the preset value is three, it is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode. in.
  • the first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or, the first value is the first channel access method used by the STA The value of the loss value minus the loss value.
  • the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it is further configured to: when the accuracy is greater than a third preset value, send The second device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the second preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  • the processing unit 1202 when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it is further configured to: when the first value is greater than a fourth preset value , sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  • the processing unit 1202 may also send the determined channel access mode to the second device through the communication unit 1201. Channel access method.
  • the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the processing unit 1202 may also update a channel access mode status table; the channel access mode status table includes the The identity of each STA among the multiple STs, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  • the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the processing unit 1202 may also switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode.
  • the communication device 1200 is the AP, and the communication unit 1201 may also send a channel access parameter, where the channel access parameter includes a neural network of the neural network of the neural network Structural parameters and neural network parameters.
  • the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the processing unit 1202 may also update the neural network according to channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain an updated neural network;
  • the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network of the neural network.
  • a communication device 1200 may include:
  • a communication unit 1201 configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device
  • the processing unit 1202 is configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode; the channel access mode is the performance evaluation value of the first device according to the first channel access mode, from the first determined in the channel access method and the second channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA;
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
  • the performance evaluation value At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network is included.
  • the communication unit 1201 is also configured to receive channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network; the processing unit 1202 is also configured to Updating the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
  • a communication device 1200 may include:
  • a communication unit 1201 configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device
  • a processing unit 1202 configured to update a channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode
  • the channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
  • the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel;
  • the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
  • the performance evaluation a value comprising at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of said neural network;
  • the channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA in the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA in the multiple STAs supports the first channel access mode, and each STA in the multiple STAs supports the first channel access mode. The current channel access mode of the STA.
  • the communication unit 1201 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters; Among the multiple STAs associated with the second device, STAs other than the STA send channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 1300 .
  • the communication device 1300 may be a first device or a second device, or may be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the first device to implement the above method, or may be a chip or a chip that supports the second device to implement the above method. system, or processor, etc.
  • the device can be used to implement the methods described in the above method embodiments, and for details, refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1300 may include one or more processors 1301 .
  • the processor 1301 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it may be a baseband processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, or a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU).
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process Data for Software Programs.
  • the communication device 1300 may include one or more memories 1302, on which instructions 1304 may be stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor 1301, so that the communication device 1300 executes the above method Methods described in the Examples.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1302 .
  • the processor 1301 and the memory 1302 can be set separately or integrated together.
  • the memory 1302 may include but not limited to hard disk (hard disk drive, HDD) or solid-state drive (solid-state drive, SSD) and other non-volatile memory, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), erasable and programmable Read-only memory (Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM) or portable read-only memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), etc.
  • the communication device 1300 may further include a transceiver 1305 and an antenna 1306 .
  • the transceiver 1305 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to realize a transceiver function.
  • the transceiver 1305 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
  • the communication device 1300 is a first device: the processor 1301 is used to execute S104 in the channel access mode determination method 100, and is used to perform S401 and S402 in the channel access mode determination method 400; the transceiver 1305 is used to perform S103 in the method 100 for determining a channel access mode.
  • the communication device 1300 is a second device: the processor 1301 is configured to execute S101 in the method 100 for determining a channel access mode.
  • the transceiver 1305 is configured to execute S102 in the method 100 for determining a channel access mode.
  • the processor 1301 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
  • the processor 1301 may store instructions 1303, and the instructions 1303 run on the processor 1301, and may cause the communication device 1300 to execute the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the instruction 1303 may be fixed in the processor 1301, in this case, the processor 1301 may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device 1300 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor and the transceiver described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (Bipolar Junction Transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type Metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which is used for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer program, which, when running on a computer, can realize the functions of any one of the above method embodiments.
  • all or part may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the interactions or functions described in the embodiments of the present application will be generated.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state drive (solid state drive, SSD)) etc.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state drive (solid state drive, SSD)

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a channel access mode determination method and apparatus. In the method, a first apparatus receives a performance evaluation value of a first channel access mode, and determines, according to the performance evaluation value, a channel access mode of a station (STA) from the first channel access mode and a second channel access mode, wherein the first channel access mode refers to determining, by means of a neural network, that the STA gets access to a channel, the second channel access mode refers to determining, by means of carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance, that the STA gets access to the channel, and the performance evaluation value comprises at least one of the accuracy and a loss value of the neural network. The first apparatus determines, according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, whether the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode or the second channel access mode, so as to help the STA determine to get access to the channel in a proper channel access mode, thereby further helping to increase system throughput and reduce communication time delay.

Description

信道接入方式确定方法及装置Method and device for determining channel access mode
本申请要求于2021年12月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111660704.8、申请名称为“信道接入方式确定方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on December 30, 2021, with the application number 202111660704.8 and the application name "Method and Device for Determining Channel Access Mode", the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信道接入方式确定方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a method and device for determining a channel access mode.
背景技术Background technique
在短距离传输网络系统和无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统等无线网络中,信道是共享的,即在该无线网络中的多个终端设备会使用同一共享信道进行通信。那么,如果两个或两个以上的终端设备同时发送报文,会产生通信冲突,出现终端设备的报文传输失败的情况,导致该信道的吞吐量较低和终端设备通信的时延较大。In wireless networks such as short-distance transmission network systems and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) systems, channels are shared, that is, multiple terminal devices in the wireless network use the same shared channel for communication. Then, if two or more terminal devices send messages at the same time, a communication conflict will occur, and the message transmission of the terminal device will fail, resulting in a low throughput of the channel and a large communication delay of the terminal device. .
目前,终端设备可采用载波侦听冲突避免(carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance,CSMA/CA)机制或神经网络决策是否接入信道,以避免共享信道冲突。然而,CSMA/CA机制是通过随机化避免冲突,存在时延大、公平性差等缺陷。决策是否接入信道的神经网络是经过大量环境数据训练得到的,若真实环境信息与训练数据相差较大,则该神经网络输出的信道接入结果会偏离真实结果,存在一直冲突或一直不发包的现象。At present, terminal devices can use carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) mechanism or neural network to decide whether to access the channel to avoid shared channel conflicts. However, the CSMA/CA mechanism avoids conflicts through randomization, which has defects such as large time delay and poor fairness. The neural network that decides whether to access the channel is obtained through a large amount of environmental data training. If the real environmental information is quite different from the training data, the channel access results output by the neural network will deviate from the real results, and there will always be conflicts or no packets will be sent. The phenomenon.
因此,终端设备如何采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,仍为目前亟需解决的一个问题。Therefore, how a terminal device decides to access a channel by using an appropriate channel access method is still a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种信道接入方式确定方法及装置,有利于提高系统的吞吐量,降低通信时延。Embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for determining a channel access mode, which is beneficial to improving system throughput and reducing communication delay.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道接入方式确定方法。该方法中,第一装置接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定站点STA的信道接入方式。其中,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策STA接入信道,第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining a channel access mode. In this method, the first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, and determines the channel access mode of the station STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. Among them, the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel, and the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel. The performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and accuracy of the neural network. At least one of the loss values.
可见,第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式还是第二信道接入方式,有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,进而有利于提高系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。It can be seen that the first device determines whether the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode or the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, which is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access mode to decide to connect. Incoming channel, which is beneficial to improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,包括:第一装置在精确度大于第一预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一装置在精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: When a preset value is reached, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method Way.
第一装置接收的精确度大于第一预设值时,表明第一信道接入方式的精确度超过预期, 从而第一装置将第一信道接入方式确定为STA的信道接入方式;第一装置接收的精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,表明第一信道接入方式的精确度未超过预期,STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置将第二信道接入方式确定STA的信道接入方式。可见,该方式有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道。When the accuracy received by the first device is greater than the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the first channel access method exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the first channel access method as the channel access method of the STA; the first When the accuracy received by the device is less than or equal to the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the first channel access method does not exceed expectations, and the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method to decide to access the channel, so the first device uses the first channel access method to decide to access the channel. The two-channel access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA. It can be seen that this method is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,包括:第一装置在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第二预设值大于零;或者,第一装置在第一值小于或等于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。第二预设值大于零。In another optional implementation manner, the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, including: When it is greater than the second preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; the second preset value is greater than zero; or, when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, the first device, It is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode. The second preset value is greater than zero.
其中,第一值是精确度减去STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值。第二预设值大于零,那么第一装置接收的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度。当第一值大于第二预设值时,表明第一装置接收的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精度的程度超过预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式。当第一预设值小于或等于第二预设值时,表明第一装置接收的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精度的程度未超过预期值,即STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。Wherein, the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the accuracy of the first channel access mode used by the STA from the accuracy. If the second preset value is greater than zero, then the accuracy received by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA. When the first value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the accuracy received by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA and exceeds the expected value, so that the first device determines the channel access method of the STA It is the first channel access method. When the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the receiving accuracy of the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA, and the degree of accuracy does not exceed the expected value, that is, the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method. A channel access mode decides to access the channel, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
另一种可选的实施方式中,上述第一值是STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去第一装置接收的损失值的值。第一值大于零,表明第一装置接收的损失值小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值。当第一预设值大于第二预设值时,表明第一装置接收的损失值小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值超过预期,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;当第一预设值小于或等于第二预设值时,表明第一装置接收的损失值小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值未超过预期,即STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。In another optional implementation manner, the foregoing first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value received by the first device from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA. The first value is greater than zero, indicating that the loss value received by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA. When the first preset value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value received by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA and exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access method; when the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value received by the first device is less than the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA and does not exceed expectations, That is, the STA is not suitable for adopting the first channel access mode to decide to access the channel, so the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
可见,上述两种方式均有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策STA接入信道。It can be seen that the above two methods are beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide the STA access channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,若第一装置根据精确度确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式时,则第一装置还可在精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。第三预设值大于第一预设值,信道接入参数可以是神经网络的结构、神经网络的权值、偏置等。In an optional implementation manner, if the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode according to the accuracy, the first device may also send The second device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. The third preset value is greater than the first preset value, and the channel access parameters may be the structure of the neural network, the weights and offsets of the neural network, and the like.
另一种可选的实施方式中,若第一装置根据上述第一值确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式时,则第一装置还可第一装置在第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。第四预设值大于第二预设值。In another optional implementation manner, if the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode according to the above-mentioned first value, the first device may also select the channel access mode of the STA when the first value is greater than the first channel access mode. When the preset value is four, the first indication information is sent to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. The fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
可见,第一装置还可在接收的性能评估值比STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的性能评估值足够大时,确定STA需更新采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道所使用的神经网络,以使得STA采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道,可进一步提升系统的吞吐量和降低通信时延。It can be seen that, when the received performance evaluation value is sufficiently larger than the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method used by the STA, the first device may determine that the STA needs to update the channel used by the first channel access method to decide to access the channel. Neural network, so that STA uses the updated neural network to decide STA access channel, which can further improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,还可向第二装置发送确定的信道接入方式,以使得第二装置获知第一装置确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, when the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the first device may also send the determined channel access mode to the second device, so that the second device The channel access mode determined by the first device is acquired.
一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置为STA时,第一装置还可接收来自第二装置的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二装置同意将STA的信道接入方式切换为该确定的信道接入方式。从而第一装置将STA的当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, when the first device is a STA, the first device may also receive second indication information from the second device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the second device agrees to access the channel of the STA The mode is switched to the determined channel access mode. Therefore, the first device switches the current channel access mode of the STA to the determined channel access mode.
另一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置为接入点AP时,第一装置还可根据确定的信道 接入方式,更新第一装置存储的信道接入方式状态表。该信道接入方式状态表包括与第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。In another optional implementation manner, when the first device is an access point AP, the first device may also update the channel access mode status table stored by the first device according to the determined channel access mode. The channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
可见,第一装置同意第二装置将STA的当前信道接入方式更新为确定的信道接入方式时,第一装置还可更新该信道接入方式状态表,以保持和STA相同的信道接入方式进行数据传输。It can be seen that when the first device agrees with the second device to update the current channel access mode of the STA to a certain channel access mode, the first device can also update the channel access mode status table to maintain the same channel access mode as the STA. way of data transmission.
一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置为STA,且第一装置确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,还可接收来自第二装置的信道接入参数。从而第一装置根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络,进而第一装置采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, when the first device is a STA, and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, it may also receive the channel access parameter from the second device. Therefore, the first device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameter to obtain the updated neural network, and then the first device uses the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
另一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置为AP,且第一装置确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,第一装置还可向与该第一装置关联的其他STA发送信道接入参数,以使得其他STA也可根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络,并采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道。In another optional implementation manner, when the first device is an AP and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, the first device may also send the channel access parameter to other STAs associated with the first device. parameters, so that other STAs can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters, and use the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
第二方面,本申请还提供了一种信道接入方式确定方法。该方面的信道接入方式确定方法与第一方面所述的信道接入方式确定方法相对应,该方面的信道接入方式确定方法是从第二装置侧进行阐述的。该方法中,第二装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。第二装置发送第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。其中,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道。性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。In a second aspect, the present application also provides a method for determining a channel access mode. The method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect corresponds to the method for determining the channel access mode in the first aspect, and the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect is explained from the side of the second device. In this method, the second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. The second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. Wherein, the first channel access mode refers to using a neural network to decide a station STA to access a channel. The performance evaluation value includes at least one of accuracy and loss value of the neural network.
可见,本申请实施例中,第二装置通过训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并将该性能评估值发送给第二装置。从而有利于第二装置根据该性能评估值从第一接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策该STA接入信道。进而有利于提高系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the second device obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode by training the neural network that decides the STA access channel, and sends the performance evaluation value to the second device. Therefore, it is beneficial for the second device to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value. The second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel. It is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide the STA access channel. In turn, it is beneficial to improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置还可接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式,该信道接入方式是第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the second device may further receive a channel access mode from the first device, and the channel access mode is determined by the first device according to a performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置为接入点AP。那么,第二装置根据接收的信道接入方式,确定STA需更新当前信道接入。因此,第二装置还可根据该信道接入方式更新存储的信道接入方式状态表,并向第一装置发送第二指示信息。第二指示信息用于指示第二装置同意第一装置将STA的信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。信道接入方式状态表包括与第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the second device is an access point AP. Then, the second device determines, according to the received channel access mode, that the STA needs to update the current channel access. Therefore, the second device may also update the stored channel access mode state table according to the channel access mode, and send the second indication information to the first device. The second indication information is used to instruct the second device to agree with the first device to switch the channel access mode of the STA to a certain channel access mode. The channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置为STA,则第二装置接收到来自第一装置的信道接入方式后,将第二装置的当前信道接入方式切换为该信道接入方式,从而第二装置采用切换后的信道接入方式决策STA接入信道。In another optional implementation manner, the second device is a STA, and after receiving the channel access mode from the first device, the second device switches the current channel access mode of the second device to the channel access mode , so that the second device adopts the switched channel access mode to decide the channel to be accessed by the STA.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置为接入点AP时,第二装置还可接收来自第一装置的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。从而第二装置向第一装置发送信道接入参数,以使得第一装置根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络。其中,信道接入参数包括神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In another optional implementation manner, when the second device is an access point AP, the second device may also receive first indication information from the first device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter . Thus, the second device sends the channel access parameter to the first device, so that the first device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameter. Wherein, the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
又一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置为STA时,第二装置还可接收来自第一装置的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。从而第二装置根据神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。进而第二装置采用更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。In yet another optional implementation manner, when the second device is a STA, the second device may further receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Therefore, the second device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network, and obtains the updated neural network. Furthermore, the second device adopts the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
第三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种信道接入方式确定方法。该方法中,第一装置训练 神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。其中,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种,第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a method for determining a channel access mode. In the method, the first device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. Among them, the first channel access method refers to the use of neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network, and the second channel access method refers to the use of carrier sense The collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
可见,本申请实施例中,第一装置通过训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并根据该性能评估值从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式确定STA的信道接入方式。从而有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,进而有利于提高系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the first device obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method by training the neural network that decides the STA access channel, and uses the performance evaluation value from the first channel access method and the second channel access method. The channel access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA. Therefore, it is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, thereby improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,包括:第一装置在精确度大于第一预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一装置在精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: When a preset value is reached, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method Way.
第一装置训练神经网络的精确度大于第一预设值时,表明该神经网络的精确度超过预期,从而第一装置将第一信道接入方式确定为STA的信道接入方式;第一装置训练神经网络的精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,表明该神经网络的精确度未超过预期,STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置将第二信道接入方式确定STA的信道接入方式。可见,该方式有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道。When the accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the neural network exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the first channel access method as the channel access method of the STA; the first device When the accuracy of training the neural network is less than or equal to the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the neural network has not exceeded expectations, and the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method to decide to access the channel, so the first device uses the second channel The access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA. It can be seen that this method is beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,包括:第一装置在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第二预设值大于零;或者,第一装置在第一值小于或等于第三预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。第一值是精确度减去STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,第一值是STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去损失值的值。In another optional implementation manner, the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, including: When it is greater than the second preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; the second preset value is greater than zero; or, when the first value is less than or equal to the third preset value, the first device, It is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode. The first value is the value of accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or, the first value is the value of the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA minus the loss value.
其中,第一值是精确度减去STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值。第二预设值大于零,那么第一装置训练的神经网络的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度。当第一值大于第二预设值时,表明第一装置训练的神经网络的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精度的程度超过预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式。当第一预设值小于或等于第二预设值时,表明第一装置训练的神经网络的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精度的程度未超过预期值,即STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。Wherein, the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the accuracy of the first channel access mode used by the STA from the accuracy. If the second preset value is greater than zero, then the accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA. When the first value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA and exceeds the expected value, so that the first device determines the channel of the STA The access mode is the first channel access mode. When the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the degree of accuracy of the neural network trained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA does not exceed the expected value, that is, the STA does not It is suitable to use the first channel access mode to decide to access the channel, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
另一种可选的实施方式中,上述第一值是STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去第一装置接收的损失值的值。第一值大于零,表明第一装置接收的损失值小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值。当第一预设值大于第二预设值时,表明第一装置训练的神经网络的损失值小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值超过预期,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;当第一预设值小于或等于第二预设值时,表明第一装置训练的神经网络的损失值小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值未超过预期,即STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。In another optional implementation manner, the foregoing first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value received by the first device from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA. The first value is greater than zero, indicating that the loss value received by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA. When the first preset value is greater than the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value of the neural network trained by the first device is smaller than the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA and exceeds expectations, so that the first device determines the channel of the STA The access method is the first channel access method; when the first preset value is less than or equal to the second preset value, it indicates that the loss value of the neural network trained by the first device is smaller than the first channel access method used by the STA. The loss value does not exceed the expectation, that is, the STA is not suitable for adopting the first channel access mode to decide to access the channel, so the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
可见,上述两种方式均有利于STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策STA接入信道。It can be seen that the above two methods are beneficial for the STA to adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide the STA access channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,若第一装置根据精确度确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,则第一装置还可在精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数,第二预设值大于第一预设值。信道接入参数可以是神经网络的结构、神经网络的权值、偏置等。In an optional implementation manner, if the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method according to the accuracy, the first device may also send a request to the second channel access method when the accuracy is greater than the third preset value. The second device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, and the second preset value is greater than the first preset value. The channel access parameters may be the structure of the neural network, the weights and biases of the neural network, and the like.
另一种可选的实施方式中,若第一装置根据上述第一值确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,则第一装置还可在第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数,第四预设值大于第二预设值。In another optional implementation manner, if the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode according to the above-mentioned first value, the first device may also set the first value greater than the fourth preset value , sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, and the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
可见,第一装置还可在接收的性能评估值比STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的性能评估值足够大时,确定STA需更新采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道所使用的神经网络,以使得STA采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道,进一步可提升系统的吞吐量和降低通信时延。It can be seen that, when the received performance evaluation value is sufficiently larger than the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method used by the STA, the first device may determine that the STA needs to update the channel used by the first channel access method to decide to access the channel. Neural network, so that STAs use the updated neural network to decide STA access channels, which can further improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置还可在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向第二装置发送确定的信道接入方式,以使得第二装置获知第一装置确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the first device may also send the determined channel access method to the second device when the determined channel access method is different from the current channel access method of the STA, so that the second device The channel access mode determined by the first device is acquired.
一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置是接入点AP,且确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,第一装置还可更新信道接入方式状态表,以保持和STA相同的信道接入方式进行数据传输。信道接入方式状态表包括与第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, when the first device is an access point AP, and the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the first device may also update the channel access mode status table , to perform data transmission in the same channel access mode as the STA. The channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
另一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置是STA,且确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,第一装置还可将该第一装置的信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式,从而第一装置采用该确定的信道接入方式决策STA接入信道。In another optional implementation manner, when the first device is a STA, and the determined channel access method is different from the current channel access method of the STA, the first device may also access the channel of the first device The mode is switched to the determined channel access mode, so that the first device adopts the determined channel access mode to decide to access the channel by the STA.
一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置是接入点AP,且第一装置确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,第一装置还可向第二装置发送信道接入参数,以使得第二装置根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络。信道接入参数包括神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In an optional implementation manner, when the first device is an access point AP, and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter, the first device may also send the channel access parameter to the second device, so that The second means updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters. The channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
一种可选的实施方式中,当第一装置是STA,且第一装置确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,第一装置还可根据神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络,从而第一装置采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, when the first device is a STA and the first device determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters, the first device can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain the updated The updated neural network, so that the first device uses the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
第四方面,本申请还提供了一种信道接入方式确定方法。该方面的信道接入方式确定方法与第三方面所述的信道接入方式确定方法相对应,该方面的信道接入方式确定方法是从第二装置侧进行阐述的。该方法中,第二装置接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;第二装置将当前信道接入方式切换为该接收的信道接入方式,该信道接入方式是第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的。第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道;性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。In a fourth aspect, the present application also provides a method for determining a channel access mode. The method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect corresponds to the method for determining the channel access mode in the third aspect, and the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect is explained from the side of the second device. In this method, the second device receives the channel access method from the first device; the second device switches the current channel access method to the received channel access method, and the channel access method is the first device according to the first channel access method. The performance evaluation value of the access mode is determined from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA, and the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel; the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network at least one of the values.
可见,第二装置接收的信道接入方式是第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值从而第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的。从而,第二装置将当前信道接入方式切换为该接收的信道接入方式,可使得STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道。It can be seen that the channel access mode received by the second device is determined by the first device from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. Therefore, the second device switches the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode, so that the STA can use an appropriate channel access mode to decide to access the channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置还可接收信道接入参数,并根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。从而第二装置采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, the second device may also receive channel access parameters, and update the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network. Therefore, the second device adopts the updated neural network to decide the STA access channel.
第五方面,本申请还提供了一种信道接入方式确定方法。该方面的信道接入方式确定方法与第三方面所述的信道接入方式确定方法相对应,该方面的信道接入方式确定方法是从第 二装置侧进行阐述的。该方法中,第二装置接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式,并根据信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表。其中,信道接入方式是第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的。第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。该信道接入方式状态表包括与第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。In a fifth aspect, the present application also provides a method for determining a channel access mode. The method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect corresponds to the method for determining the channel access mode in the third aspect, and the method for determining the channel access mode in this aspect is explained from the side of the second device. In the method, the second device receives the channel access mode from the first device, and updates the channel access mode state table according to the channel access mode. Wherein, the channel access mode is determined by the first device from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA, and the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel. The performance evaluation value includes at least one of accuracy and loss value of the neural network. The channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
可见,第二装置接收的信道接入方式是第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值确定的,因此第二装置根据该接收的信道接入方式更新信道接入方式状态表,以使得第二装置采用和第一装置相同的信道接入方式决策接入信道。It can be seen that the channel access mode received by the second device is determined by the first device according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, so the second device updates the channel access mode status table according to the received channel access mode to The second device adopts the same channel access method as that of the first device to decide to access the channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二装置还可接收来自第一装置的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。从而第二装置可向与第二装置关联的其他STA发送信道接入参数,以使得与其关联的其他STA也可根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络,进而采用更新后的神经网络决策STA接入信道。信道接入参数包括神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In an optional implementation manner, the second device may further receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Therefore, the second device can send channel access parameters to other STAs associated with the second device, so that other STAs associated with it can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters, and then use the updated neural network to decide STA access channel. The channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
第六方面,本申请还提供一种通信装置。该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面所述的第一装置的部分或全部功能,或者具有实现上述第二方面所述的第二装置的部分或全部功能,或者具有实现上述第三方面所述的第一装置的部分或全部功能,或者具有实现上述第四方面所述的第二装置的部分或全部功能,或者实现上述第五方面所述的第二装置的部分或全部功能。比如,该装置的功能可具备本申请中第一方面所述的第一装置的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In a sixth aspect, the present application further provides a communication device. The communication device has part or all of the functions of the first device described in the above first aspect, or part or all of the functions of the second device described in the above second aspect, or has the function of realizing the above third aspect. Part or all of the functions of the first device either implement part or all of the functions of the second device described in the fourth aspect above, or realize part or all of the functions of the second device described in the fifth aspect above. For example, the function of the device may have the functions of some or all embodiments of the first device described in the first aspect of the present application, and may also have the function of independently implementing any embodiment of the present application. The functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置的结构中可包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述通信单元用于支持该通信装置与其他通信装置之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元用于与处理单元和通信单元耦合,其保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the device may include a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method. The communication unit is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices. The communication device may further include a storage unit, which is used to be coupled with the processing unit and the communication unit, and stores necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元用于控制通信单元进行数据/信令收发;In one embodiment, the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
通信单元,用于接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;A communication unit, configured to receive a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using a neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy of the neural network and at least one of loss value;
处理单元,用于根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。A processing unit, configured to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access method refers to using The carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第一方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be described in detail here.
另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元用于控制通信单元进行数据/信令收发;In another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
该处理单元,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精 确度和损失值中的至少一种;The processing unit is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel; the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the neural network;
该通信单元,用于发送所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。The communication unit is configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第二方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the above-mentioned second aspect, which will not be described in detail here.
又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元用于控制通信单元进行数据/信令收发;In yet another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
该处理单元,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用所述神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The processing unit is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode; the first channel access mode refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of the neural network;
该处理单元,还用于根据所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The processing unit is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode; The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the channel access of the STA.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第三方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the above-mentioned third aspect, which will not be described in detail here.
又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元用于控制通信单元进行数据/信令收发;In yet another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
该通信单元,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;The communication unit is configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device;
该处理单元,用于将当前信道接入方式切换为所述信道接入方式;The processing unit is configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode;
所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel; the performance evaluation value At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network is included.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第四方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the fourth aspect above, which will not be described in detail here.
又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元用于控制通信单元进行数据/信令收发;In yet another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is used to control the communication unit to perform data/signaling transceiving;
该通信单元,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;The communication unit is configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device;
该处理单元,用于根据所述信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;The processing unit is configured to update the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode;
所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点述STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;该信道接入方式状态表包括与第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network; the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA in the plurality of STAs associated with the first device, each STA Whether to support the first channel access mode and the current channel access mode of each STA.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第五方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the fifth aspect above, which will not be described in detail here.
作为示例,通信单元可以为收发器或通信接口,存储单元可以为存储器,处理单元可以为处理器。As an example, the communication unit may be a transceiver or a communication interface, the storage unit may be a memory, and the processing unit may be a processor.
一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,处理器用于控制收发器进行数 据/信令收发;In one embodiment, the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
收发器,用于接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The transceiver is used to receive the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy of the neural network and at least one of loss value;
处理器,用于根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。a processor, configured to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access method refers to using The carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第一方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be described in detail here.
另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,处理器用于控制收发器进行数据/信令收发;In another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
该处理器,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The processor is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel; the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the neural network;
收发器,用于发送所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。A transceiver, configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第二方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the above-mentioned second aspect, which will not be described in detail here.
又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,处理器用于控制收发器进行数据/信令收发;In yet another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
处理器,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用所述神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;A processor, configured to train a neural network, and obtain a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network;
处理器,还用于根据所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The processor is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode; the second channel access mode The two-channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第三方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the above-mentioned third aspect, which will not be described in detail here.
又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,处理器用于控制收发器进行数据/信令收发;In yet another implementation manner, the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transceiving;
该收发器,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;The transceiver is used to receive the channel access mode from the first device;
处理器,用于将当前信道接入方式切换为所述信道接入方式;所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。A processor, configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode; the channel access mode is the performance evaluation value of the first device according to the first channel access mode, from the first channel access mode The access method and the second channel access method are determined; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel; the second channel access method refers to the use of carrier sense conflict avoidance A mechanism decides the access channel of the STA; the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and the loss value of the neural network.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第四方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the fourth aspect above, which will not be described in detail here.
又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,处理器用于控制收发器进行数据/信令收发;该收发器,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;处理器,用于根据所述信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;In another embodiment, the communication device includes: a processor and a transceiver, the processor is used to control the transceiver to perform data/signaling transmission and reception; the transceiver is used to receive the channel access method from the first device; processing A device, configured to update the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode;
所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信 道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点述STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;该信道接入方式状态表包括与第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network; the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA in the plurality of STAs associated with the first device, each STA Whether to support the first channel access mode and the current channel access mode of each STA.
另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第五方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, in this aspect, for other optional implementation manners of the communication device, reference may be made to the relevant content of the fifth aspect above, which will not be described in detail here.
另一种实施方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。所述处理单元也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路;所述收发单元可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. The processing unit may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit; the transceiver unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
在实现过程中,处理器可用于进行,例如但不限于,基带相关处理,收发器可用于进行,例如但不限于,射频收发。上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多。例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(System on a Chip,SoC)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的需要。本申请实施例对上述器件的实现形式不做限定。During implementation, the processor may be used to perform, for example but not limited to, baseband related processing, and the transceiver may be used to perform, for example but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving. The above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on independent chips, or at least partly or all of them may be arranged on the same chip. For example, processors can be further divided into analog baseband processors and digital baseband processors. Wherein, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on an independent chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be integrated with various application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system chip (System on a Chip, SoC). Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated and arranged on one or more chips often depends on the needs of product design. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the implementation form of the foregoing devices.
第七方面,本申请还提供一种处理器,用于执行上述各种方法。在执行这些方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送上述信息和接收上述信息的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程,以及处理器接收输入的上述信息的过程。在输出上述信息时,处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该上述信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的上述信息时,收发器接收该上述信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该上述信息之后,该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In a seventh aspect, the present application further provides a processor configured to execute the above-mentioned various methods. In the process of executing these methods, the process of sending the above information and receiving the above information in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting the above information by the processor and the process of receiving the input of the above information by the processor. When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the above information is output by the processor, other processing may be required before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the above-mentioned input information, the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information and inputs it to the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to be processed before being input to the processor.
基于上述原理,举例来说,前述方法中提及的接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值可以理解为处理器输入第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。Based on the above principles, for example, receiving the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method mentioned in the foregoing method may be understood as the processor inputting the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,而不是直接由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作。For the sending and receiving operations involved in the processor, if there is no special description, or if it does not conflict with its actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood more generally as the processor output and reception, Input and other operations, rather than the transmission and reception operations directly performed by the radio frequency circuit and antenna.
在实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。During implementation, the above-mentioned processor may be a processor dedicated to performing these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to perform these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. The above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be respectively arranged on different chips. The embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
第八方面,本申请还提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括上述方面的至少一个第一装置、至少一个第二装置。在另一种可能的设计中,该系统还可以包括本申请提供的方案中与第一装置、第二装置进行交互的其他设备。In an eighth aspect, the present application further provides a communication system, where the system includes at least one first device and at least one second device according to the above aspect. In another possible design, the system may further include other devices that interact with the first device and the second device in the solution provided by the present application.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存指令,当所述指令被计算 机运行时,实现上述第一方面至第五方面任一项所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects above is implemented.
第十方面,本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,实现上述第一方面至第五方面任一项所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application further provides a computer program product including instructions, which, when run on a computer, implement the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯In the eleventh aspect, the present application provides a chip system, the chip
片系统包括处理器和接口,所述接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器用于调用所述程序或指令以实现或者支持第一装置实现第一方面所涉及的功能,或者用于调用所述程序或指令以实现或者支持第二装置备实现第二方面所涉及的功能,或者用于调用所述程序或指令以实现或者支持第一装置实现第三方面所涉及的功能,或者用于调用所述程序或指令以实现或者支持第二装置实现第四方面所涉及的功能,或者用于调用所述程序或指令以实现或者支持第二装置实现第四方面所涉及的功能。例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。The chip system includes a processor and an interface, where the interface is used to acquire programs or instructions, and the processor is used to call the programs or instructions to realize or support the first device to realize the functions involved in the first aspect, or to call the The above programs or instructions are used to realize or support the second device to realize the functions involved in the second aspect, or to call the programs or instructions to realize or support the first device to realize the functions involved in the third aspect, or to call The program or instruction is used to implement or support the second device to implement the functions involved in the fourth aspect, or is used to call the program or instruction to implement or support the second device to implement the functions involved in the fourth aspect. For example, at least one of the data and information involved in the above methods is determined or processed. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is configured to store necessary program instructions and data of the terminal. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种AP和STA的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an AP and STA provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备采用CSMA/CA机制决策是否接入信道时的状态转移图;FIG. 3 is a state transition diagram when a terminal device adopts a CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access a channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备采用神经网络决策是否接入信道时的状态转移图;FIG. 4 is a state transition diagram when a terminal device uses a neural network to decide whether to access a channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种信道接入方式确定方法的交互示意图;FIG. 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of a method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种信道接入方式确定方法的交互示意图;FIG. 6 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种信息单元的帧格式示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a frame format of an information unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种信道接入方式确定方法的交互示意图;FIG. 8 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种信道接入方式确定方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a channel access mode provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种信道接入方式确定方法的交互示意图;FIG. 10 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种信道接入方式确定方法的交互示意图;FIG. 11 is an interactive schematic diagram of another method for determining a channel access method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Fig. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整的描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
首先,为了更好的理解本申请实施例公开的信道接入方式确定方法,对本申请实施例适用的通信系统进行描述。First, in order to better understand the method for determining the channel access mode disclosed in the embodiment of the present application, the communication system to which the embodiment of the present application is applicable is described.
一.通信系统。1. Communication system.
请参见图1,图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图。该通信系统可包括但不限于一个接入点(access point,AP)、三个站点(station,STA)。图1所示的设备数量和形态用于举例,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定,实际应用中可以包括两个或两个以上的AP,三个或三个以上的STA。图1所示的通信系统以AP 101,STA 1021、STA 1022、STA 1023,该AP101能够为STA 1021、STA 1022、STA 1023提供无线服务,且每个STA与AP之间的 通信链路共享信道为例进行阐述。其中,图1中的AP101以基站为例,STA 1021、STA 1022、STA 1023以手机为例。Please refer to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication system may include but not limited to one access point (access point, AP) and three stations (station, STA). The number and form of devices shown in FIG. 1 are for example, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, two or more APs and three or more STAs may be included. The communication system shown in Figure 1 uses AP 101, STA 1021, STA 1022, and STA 1023. The AP 101 can provide wireless services for STA 1021, STA 1022, and STA 1023, and the communication link between each STA and the AP shares a channel As an example to illustrate. Among them, AP101 in Figure 1 is an example of a base station, and STA 1021, STA 1022, and STA 1023 are examples of mobile phones.
本申请实施例中,AP和STA的结构示意图如图2所示,AP和STA均包括处理器、媒体介入控制层(Media Access Control,MAC)模块、收发机、天线。该MAC模块包括第一模块和第二模块,第一模块是指采用载波侦听冲突避免(carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance,CSMA/CA)机制决策是否接入信道的模块,第二模块是指采用神经网络决策是否接入信道的模块。STA或AP在某一时刻只能从第一模块和第二模块中选择一个模块决策是否接入信道。收发机用于通过天线实现收发功能。In the embodiment of the present application, a schematic structural diagram of an AP and a STA is shown in FIG. 2 . Both the AP and the STA include a processor, a Media Access Control (MAC) module, a transceiver, and an antenna. The MAC module includes a first module and a second module. The first module refers to a module that uses the carrier-sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) mechanism to decide whether to access the channel. The second module is Refers to the module that uses the neural network to decide whether to access the channel. At a certain moment, the STA or AP can only select one module from the first module and the second module to decide whether to access the channel. The transceiver is used to realize the sending and receiving function through the antenna.
本申请实施例中,上述通信系统可以为无线局域网(Wireless local area network,WLAN)或蜂窝网,或其他支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信系统。本申请实施例主要以部署IEEE 802.11的网络为例进行说明,而本申请涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络,例如,BLUETOOTH(蓝牙),高性能无线LAN(high performance radio LAN,HIPERLAN)(一种与IEEE 802.11标准类似的无线标准,主要在欧洲使用)以及广域网(WAN)、个人区域网(personal area network,PAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此,无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何,本申请提供的各种方面可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned communication system may be a wireless local area network (Wireless local area network, WLAN) or a cellular network, or other wireless communication systems that support multiple links for parallel transmission. The embodiment of the present application mainly takes the deployment of IEEE 802.11 network as an example for illustration, and various aspects involved in the present application can be extended to other networks using various standards or protocols, for example, BLUETOOTH (Bluetooth), high-performance wireless LAN (high performance radio LAN, HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to the IEEE 802.11 standard, used primarily in Europe), and wide area networks (WANs), personal area networks (PANs), or other networks now known or later developed. Thus, the various aspects presented herein can be applied to any suitable wireless network, regardless of the coverage area and wireless access protocol used.
本申请实施例中,STA具有无线收发功能,可以支持802.11系列协议,与AP或其他STA进行通信。例如,STA可以是允许用户与AP通信进而与WLAN通信的任何用户通信设备,如包括但不限于,平板电脑、桌面型、膝上型、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer,UMPC)、手持计算机、上网本、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、手机等可以联网的用户设备,或物联网中的物联网节点,或车联网中的车载通信装置等。可选的,STA还可以为上述这些终端设备中的芯片和处理系统。In this embodiment of the application, the STA has a wireless transceiver function, can support 802.11 series protocols, and communicate with an AP or other STAs. For example, the STA can be any user communication device that allows the user to communicate with the AP and then communicate with the WLAN, such as including but not limited to, tablet computers, desktops, laptops, notebook computers, ultra-mobile personal computers (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer, UMPC), handheld computers, netbooks, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), mobile phones and other user equipment that can be connected to the Internet, or IoT nodes in the Internet of Things, or vehicle communication devices in the Internet of Vehicles. Optionally, the STA may also be chips and processing systems in the above terminal devices.
本申请实施例中,AP是为STA提供服务的装置,可以支持802.11系列协议。例如,AP可以为通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥等通信实体,或,AP可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站等,当然AP还可以为这些各种形式的设备中的芯片和处理系统,从而实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the AP is a device that provides services for STAs, and can support 802.11 series protocols. For example, an AP can be a communication entity such as a communication server, a router, a switch, or a network bridge, or an AP can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc. Of course, an AP can also be a chip in these various forms of equipment and a processing system, thereby realizing the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application.
为了便于理解本申请公开的实施例,作以下两点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments disclosed in the present application, the following two points are explained.
(1)本申请公开的实施例中场景以无线通信网络中Wi-Fi网络的场景为例进行说明,应当指出的是,本申请公开的实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中,相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。(1) The scenarios in the embodiments disclosed in this application are described by taking the scenario of a Wi-Fi network in a wireless communication network as an example. It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments disclosed in this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks , the corresponding names may also be replaced by names of corresponding functions in other wireless communication networks.
(2)本申请公开的实施例将围绕包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现本申请的各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。(2) Embodiments disclosed in the application will present various aspects, embodiments or features of the application around a system including a plurality of devices, components, modules, and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. Additionally, combinations of these schemes can also be used.
二.本申请实施例所涉及到的名词解释。2. Explanation of terms involved in the embodiments of this application.
在短距离传输网络系统和无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统等无线网络中,信道是共享的。在分布式场景中,没有中心节点对网络中的所有节点进行统一的调度和协调,直接由节点决策是否接入共享信道。目前,终端设备可采用CSMA/CA机制或神经网络决策是否接入信道,以避免共享信道冲突。以下分别介绍终端设备采用CSMA/CA机制和神经网络决策是都接入信道的详细流程:In wireless networks such as short-distance transmission network systems and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) systems, channels are shared. In a distributed scenario, there is no central node to uniformly schedule and coordinate all nodes in the network, and the nodes directly decide whether to access the shared channel. At present, the terminal device can use the CSMA/CA mechanism or the neural network to decide whether to access the channel, so as to avoid shared channel conflicts. The following describes the detailed process of terminal equipment using the CSMA/CA mechanism and neural network decision-making to access the channel:
1.终端设备采用CSMA/CA机制决策是否接入信道。1. The terminal device uses the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access the channel.
图3为终端设备采用CSMA/CA机制决策是否接入信道时的状态转移图。如图3所示,终端设备在没有新的报文需要发送时,处于空闲态(idle)。当终端设备有新的报文需要发送时,新的报文先进入分布式帧间间隙(Distributed Inter-frame Spacing,DIFS)状态。终端设备在DIFS状态下,在预设时间内侦听信道,一旦连续时间监听到信道空闲,则新的报文进入竞争(contention)状态。终端设备在“contention”状态中继续侦听信道,每次侦听信道空闲时,则将退避(Back off,BOF)值减“1”,直到BOF减到“0”时,终端设备将新的报文转移到发送状态,即“TX”状态,并向接收端发送该报文。如果终端设备在“contention”状态时的侦听过程中,一旦侦听出信道忙碌,则进入等待状态,即“hold”状态。终端设备在“hold”状态中,执行信道侦听,一旦信道侦听空闲,则回到“DIFS”状态,否则停留到“hold”状态。FIG. 3 is a state transition diagram when a terminal device adopts the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access a channel. As shown in FIG. 3 , the terminal device is in an idle state (idle) when there is no new message to be sent. When the terminal device has a new message to send, the new message first enters the Distributed Inter-frame Spacing (DIFS) state. In the DIFS state, the terminal device listens to the channel for a preset time, and once it detects that the channel is idle for a continuous time, a new message enters a contention state. The terminal device continues to listen to the channel in the "contention" state, and each time the listening channel is idle, the back-off (Back off, BOF) value will be reduced by "1", until the BOF is reduced to "0", the terminal device will use the new The message is transferred to the sending state, that is, the "TX" state, and the message is sent to the receiving end. If the terminal device is in the listening process of the "contention" state, once it detects that the channel is busy, it will enter the waiting state, that is, the "hold" state. In the "hold" state, the terminal device performs channel monitoring. Once the channel monitoring is idle, it returns to the "DIFS" state, otherwise it stays in the "hold" state.
当终端设备发送报文后,若接收端正确接收,则接收端向终端设备回复确认应答(Acknowledge,ACK)。终端设备接收到ACK后,竞争窗口(Contention Window,CW)的值回到最小值,即CW min,CW min是由协议标准规定的。若接收端在预设时间内没有正确接收报文,则终端设备会接收到来自接收端的否认应答(Negative Acknowledge,NAK),此时CW会加倍,即CW=min(2*CW,CW min)。从而终端设备处于“contention”状态的时间就会变长,进而避免冲突。 After the terminal device sends the message, if the receiving end receives it correctly, the receiving end replies an acknowledgment (Acknowledge, ACK) to the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the ACK, the value of the contention window (Contention Window, CW) returns to the minimum value, that is, CW min , and the CW min is specified by the protocol standard. If the receiving end does not receive the message correctly within the preset time, the terminal device will receive a negative acknowledgment (Negative Acknowledge, NAK) from the receiving end, and the CW will be doubled at this time, that is, CW=min(2*CW, CW min ) . Therefore, the time for the terminal device to be in the "contention" state will be longer, thereby avoiding conflicts.
终端设备采用CSMA/CA机制决策是否接入信道的方式,也可称为分布式协调功能(Distributed Coordination Function,DCF)。The terminal device adopts the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access the channel, which can also be called the distributed coordination function (Distributed Coordination Function, DCF).
2.终端设备采用神经网络决策是否接入信道。2. The terminal device uses the neural network to decide whether to access the channel.
图4为终端设备采用神经网络决策是否接入信道的状态转移图。如图4所示,与上述图3不同的是,若终端设备在“DIFS”状态时侦听到信道空闲,则终端设备将当前环境信息作为神经网络的输入,获得神经网络输出的关于是否接入信道的结果。该神经网络是终端设备根据大量历史环境信息对其进行训练获得的。环境信息可以是介质访问控制层(Media Access Control,MAC)层和物理(Physical,PHY)层能够收集到的全部状态,例如信道侦听结果,丢包情况等。FIG. 4 is a state transition diagram of a terminal device using a neural network to decide whether to access a channel. As shown in Figure 4, different from the above Figure 3, if the terminal device detects that the channel is idle in the "DIFS" state, the terminal device uses the current environment information as the input of the neural network, and obtains information about whether to connect to the neural network output. The result of entering the channel. The neural network is obtained by the terminal device by training it based on a large amount of historical environmental information. The environmental information can be all states that can be collected by the Media Access Control (MAC) layer and the Physical (PHY) layer, such as channel listening results, packet loss, etc.
当神经网络的输出值a=1时,终端设备确定接入信道;当a=0时,终端设备确定回到“DIFS”状态,并继续侦听信道。若终端设备在“DIFS”状态侦听信道空闲,则终端设备再次采用神经网络确定是否接入信道,否则,终端设备一直侦听信道。若接收端正确接收到来自终端设备的报文,则向终端设备发送ACK,终端设备接收ACK,并回到空闲状态;若接收端在预设时间内未接收到来自终端设备的报文,则向终端设备发送NAK,终端设备接收NAK,并回到“DIFS”状态。When the output value of the neural network a=1, the terminal device determines to access the channel; when a=0, the terminal device determines to return to the "DIFS" state and continue to listen to the channel. If the terminal device listens to the channel being idle in the "DIFS" state, the terminal device uses the neural network again to determine whether to access the channel, otherwise, the terminal device keeps listening to the channel. If the receiving end correctly receives the message from the terminal device, it will send an ACK to the terminal device, and the terminal device will receive the ACK and return to the idle state; if the receiving end does not receive the message from the terminal device within the preset time, then Send a NAK to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the NAK, and returns to the "DIFS" state.
然而,上述CSMA/CA机制中,终端设备是通过随机化避免冲突,存在时延大、公平性差等缺陷。决策是否接入信道的神经网络是经过大量环境数据训练得到的,若真实环境信息与训练数据相差较大,则该神经网络输出的信道接入结果会偏离真实结果,存在一直冲突或一直不发包的现象。另外,终端设备采用神经网络决策是否接入信道时,需要该终端设备具有较大的算力,且终端设备的功耗大。However, in the above-mentioned CSMA/CA mechanism, the terminal equipment avoids collisions through randomization, which has defects such as large time delay and poor fairness. The neural network that decides whether to access the channel is obtained through a large amount of environmental data training. If the real environmental information is quite different from the training data, the channel access results output by the neural network will deviate from the real results, and there will always be conflicts or no packets will be sent. The phenomenon. In addition, when a terminal device uses a neural network to decide whether to access a channel, the terminal device needs to have relatively large computing power, and the terminal device consumes a lot of power.
目前,若终端设备采用神经网络决策是否接入信道,当该终端设备的电耗低时,终端设备可以将信道接入方式切换为采用CSMA/CA机制决策是否接入信道。若终端设备的干扰情况发生变化时,终端设备也可进行当前信道接入方式的切换。若终端设备采用当前信道接入方式决策是否接入信道时,一直确定出不发包,或者一直冲突时,终端设备也可进行当前信道接入方式的切换。也就是说,终端设备在决策接入信道时,需选择合适的信道接入方式,以提高系统的吞吐量,降低通信时延。At present, if the terminal device uses the neural network to decide whether to access the channel, when the power consumption of the terminal device is low, the terminal device can switch the channel access mode to use the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide whether to access the channel. If the interference situation of the terminal device changes, the terminal device can also switch the current channel access mode. If the terminal device uses the current channel access mode to decide whether to access the channel, but always determines not to send packets, or always conflicts, the terminal device can also switch the current channel access mode. That is to say, when a terminal device decides to access a channel, it needs to select an appropriate channel access method to improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
本申请实施例中,当第一装置是接入点(Access Point,AP)时,第二装置是站点(station,STA);当第一装置是STA时,第二装置是AP。In this embodiment of the present application, when the first device is an access point (Access Point, AP), the second device is a station (station, STA); when the first device is a STA, the second device is an AP.
三.信道接入方式确定方法。3. The method for determining the channel access mode.
本申请实施例提供一种信道接入方式确定方法100。图5是该信道接入方式确定方法100的交互示意图。该信道接入方式确定方法100从第一装置与第二装置之间交互的角度进行阐述。该信道接入方式确定方法100包括但不限于以下步骤:An embodiment of the present application provides a method 100 for determining a channel access mode. FIG. 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 100 for determining a channel access mode. The method 100 for determining a channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between a first device and a second device. The channel access mode determination method 100 includes but not limited to the following steps:
S101.第二装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。S101. The second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the site STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network. at least one of the values.
可理解的,该神经网络是决策STA接入信道时所采用的神经网络,决策STA接入信道是指决策STA是否接入信道。第一接入方式是指利用神经网络决策STA接入信道,从而该神经网络也是采用第一接入方式决策接入信道时采用的神经网络。该神经网络是STA或接入点AP根据大量历史环境信息训练得到的神经网络。It can be understood that the neural network is a neural network used when deciding whether an STA accesses a channel, and deciding whether an STA accesses a channel refers to deciding whether an STA accesses a channel. The first access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the STA, so the neural network is also the neural network used when the first access method is used to decide the access channel. The neural network is a neural network trained by the STA or the access point AP according to a large amount of historical environment information.
一种可选的实施方式中,触发第二装置训练神经网络的条件可以是网络中的状态发生变化。例如,网络服务的节点数发生变化,网络中服务的业务存在明显的变化,网络的性能发生变化(比如丢包率增加)等。若训练神经网络的条件被触发,则第二装置训练该神经网络。In an optional implementation manner, the condition for triggering the second device to train the neural network may be that a state in the network changes. For example, the number of nodes served by the network changes, services served in the network change significantly, and network performance changes (such as an increase in packet loss rate), etc. If the condition for training the neural network is triggered, the second device trains the neural network.
第二装置训练神经网络的算法可以是梯度下降算法、牛顿算法、共轭梯度法、拟牛顿法和莱文贝格-马夸特(Levenberg-Marquardt)算法,等等。本申请实施例不限定训练神经网络的算法。The algorithm used by the second device to train the neural network may be gradient descent algorithm, Newton algorithm, conjugate gradient method, quasi-Newton method, Levenberg-Marquardt (Levenberg-Marquardt) algorithm, and so on. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the algorithm for training the neural network.
第二装置训练神经网络时,将当前的环境信息作为神经网络的输入,神经网络输出性能评估值。第二装置采用不同的方法训练神经网络时,神经网络输出的性能评估值不相同。例如,第二装置采用强化学习算法训练神经网络,神经网络输出的性能评估值为损失值。再例如,第二装置采用梯度下降训练神经网络时,神经网络输出的性能评估值为精确度和损失值。因此,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。When the second device trains the neural network, the current environment information is used as the input of the neural network, and the neural network outputs performance evaluation values. When the second device uses different methods to train the neural network, the performance evaluation values output by the neural network are different. For example, the second device uses a reinforcement learning algorithm to train the neural network, and the performance evaluation value output by the neural network is a loss value. For another example, when the second device uses gradient descent to train the neural network, the performance evaluation value output by the neural network is accuracy and loss value. Therefore, the performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network.
其中,精确度是0到1范围内的值,精确度用于反应神经网络训练的精度。精确度的值越靠近1,表明训练的神经网络的神经网络参数精度越高。损失值反应的是给定神经网络的输入,神经网络的输出与目标值之间的误差。损失值越小,表明神经网络参数训练的结果越好。本申请实施例不规定损失值的范围。Among them, accuracy is a value in the range of 0 to 1, and the accuracy is used to reflect the accuracy of neural network training. The closer the value of accuracy is to 1, the higher the accuracy of the neural network parameters of the trained neural network is. The loss value reflects the error between the output of the neural network and the target value given the input of the neural network. The smaller the loss value, the better the training result of the neural network parameters. The embodiment of this application does not specify the range of the loss value.
另外,第二装置训练神经网络时,神经网络还输出该神经网络的神经网络参数。神经网络参数包括神经网络的结构、权值(weight)、偏置(bias)。神经网络参数用于决策STA接入信道。In addition, when the second device trains the neural network, the neural network also outputs neural network parameters of the neural network. The neural network parameters include the structure, weight, and bias of the neural network. The neural network parameters are used to decide the STA access channel.
可见,第二装置通过训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络,可获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。It can be seen that the second device can obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode by training the neural network that decides the STA access channel.
S102.第二装置发送第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。S102. The second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
可理解的,第二装置向第一装置发送第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,以使得第一装置根据该性能评估值确定STA的信道接入方式。Understandably, the second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner to the first device, so that the first device determines the channel access manner of the STA according to the performance evaluation value.
S103.第一装置接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。S103. The first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode.
可理解的,第一装置接收来自第二装置的第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。Understandably, the first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner from the second device.
S104.第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。S104. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
当性能评估值为精确度时,第一装置根据精确度从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方 式中确定STA的信道接入方式,或者根据该精确度和STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。当性能评估值为损失值时,第一装置根据该损失值和STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。当性能评估值为精确度和损失值时,第一装置选择采用精确度或损失值来确定STA的信道接入方式。When the performance evaluation value is accuracy, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the accuracy, or determines the channel access method of the STA according to the accuracy and the first channel access method used by the STA. The accuracy of the channel access mode determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode. When the performance evaluation value is a loss value, the first device determines the channel of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the loss value and the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA access method. When the performance evaluation value is the accuracy and the loss value, the first device selects the accuracy or the loss value to determine the channel access mode of the STA.
其中,STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度是指:STA最近一次利用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道时所采用的神经网络的精确度。STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值是指:STA最近一次利用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道时所采用的神经网络的损失值。Wherein, the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA refers to: the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA when using the first channel access method to decide to access a channel last time. The loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA refers to the loss value of the neural network used by the STA when it uses the first channel access method to decide to access a channel last time.
第一装置根据精确度或损失值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式的具体实施方式可参见下述:The specific implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode by the first device according to the accuracy or the loss value can be referred to as follows:
实施方式1.第一装置根据精确度,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。 Embodiment 1. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to accuracy.
第一装置根据精确度和第一预设值的大小,确定STA的信道接入方式。也就是说,第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,包括:第一装置在精确度大于第一预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一装置在精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。第一预设值是第一装置预先设定的,第一预设值大于0且小于1。The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the accuracy and the magnitude of the first preset value. That is to say, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: when the accuracy is greater than the first preset value, the first device , determining that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method. The first preset value is preset by the first device, and the first preset value is greater than 0 and less than 1.
可理解的,精确度大于第一预设值时,表明训练的神经网络的精度达到了预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,即确定STA利用神经网络决策接入信道;精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,表明训练的神经网络的精度未达到预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式,即确定STA利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策接入信道。It can be understood that when the accuracy is greater than the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the trained neural network has reached the expected value, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, that is, determines that the STA uses the neural network The network decides to access the channel; when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, it indicates that the accuracy of the trained neural network has not reached the expected value, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode, namely It is determined that the STA uses the carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide to access the channel.
可见,当第一装置获得的性能评估值为精确度时,可在训练的神经网络的精度达到预期值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,在训练的神经网络的精度未达到预期值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式,从而使得STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道。It can be seen that when the performance evaluation value obtained by the first device is accuracy, when the accuracy of the trained neural network reaches the expected value, it can be determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode. When the accuracy does not reach the expected value, it is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode, so that the STA adopts an appropriate channel access mode to decide to access the channel.
实施方式2.第一装置根据精确度和STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。 Embodiment 2. The first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the accuracy and the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA.
第一装置根据第一值确定STA的信道接入方式,第一值为获得的精确度减去STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值。也就是说,第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,包括:第一装置在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一装置在第一值小于或等于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the first value, where the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the accuracy of the first channel access mode used by the STA from the obtained accuracy. That is to say, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value, including: the first device determines the STA channel access method when the first value is greater than the second preset value , determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the second channel access method.
第二预设值大于零,表明第一装置获得的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度,即训练的神经网络的精度大于STA已使用的神经网络的精度。第一值大于第二预设值,表明训练的神经网络的精度大于STA已使用的神经网络的精度的程度超过预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一值小于或等于第二预设值,表明训练的神经网络的精度大于STA已使用的神经网络的精度的程度未超过预期值,即STA不适合采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。The second preset value is greater than zero, indicating that the accuracy obtained by the first device is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA, that is, the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA. The first value is greater than the second preset value, indicating that the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA and exceeds the expected value, so that the first device determines that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method ; The first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, indicating that the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by the STA and does not exceed the expected value, that is, the STA is not suitable for using the first channel access method to make access decisions channel, so that the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
可见,第一装置根据获得的精确度大于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的程度, 从第一信道接入方式或第二信道接入方式中,确定STA的信道接入方式。从而可使得STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道。It can be seen that the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method or the second channel access method according to the degree to which the obtained accuracy is greater than the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA. . Therefore, the STA can adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
实施方式3.第一装置根据损失值和STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。Embodiment 3. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the loss value and the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
第一装置根据第一值确定STA的信道接入方式,第一值为STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去获得的损失值的值。第一装置根据第一值确定STA的信道接入方式和上述实施方式2相同,即第一装置在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一装置在第一值小于或等于第二预设值时,确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the first value, where the first value is a value obtained by subtracting the obtained loss value from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the first value, which is the same as that in Embodiment 2 above, that is, the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode when the first value is greater than the second preset value. Mode: the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value.
第二预设值大于零,表明STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值大于第一装置获得的损失值,那么训练的神经网络的误差小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式所采用的神经网络的误差。第一值大于第二预设值,表明训练的神经网络的误差小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式所采用的神经网络的误差的程度达到预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式;第一值小于或等于第二预设值,表明训练的神经网络的误差小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式所采用的神经网络的误差的程度未达到预期值,从而第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。The second preset value is greater than zero, indicating that the loss value of the first channel access method used by the STA is greater than the loss value obtained by the first device, then the error of the trained neural network is smaller than that of the first channel access method used by the STA. The error of the neural network used. The first value is greater than the second preset value, indicating that the error of the trained neural network is smaller than the error of the neural network used by the STA in the first channel access method and reaches the expected value, so that the first device determines the channel access of the STA. The input method is the first channel access method; the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, indicating that the error of the trained neural network is less than the error of the neural network used by the STA in the first channel access method. When the expected value is reached, the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
可见,第一装置根据训练的神经网络的误差小于STA已使用的第一信道接入方式所采用的神经网络的误差的程度,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。从而可使得STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道。It can be seen that, according to the extent to which the error of the trained neural network is smaller than the error of the neural network used by the STA in the first channel access mode, the first device determines the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode. channel access method. Therefore, the STA can adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel.
本申请实施例中,第一装置还可根据获得的损失值与STA已使用的第一接入方式的精确度之间的其他函数关系,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。本申请实施例不限定第一装置根据获得的损失值与STA已使用的第一接入方式的精确度,确定STA的信道接入方式的实施例方式。In the embodiment of the present application, the first device may also select from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to other functional relationships between the obtained loss value and the accuracy of the first access method used by the STA. Determine the channel access mode of the STA. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the embodiment manner in which the first device determines the channel access mode of the STA according to the obtained loss value and the accuracy of the first access mode used by the STA.
本申请实施例中,第二装置训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并向该性能评估值发送给第一装置。第一装置根据该性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中,确定STA的信道接入方式。第一装置是根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,确定STA的信道接入方式。也就是说,训练的神经网络性能较好时,第一装置确定STA采用神经网络决策接入信道;训练的神经网络性能较差时,第一装置确定STA不采用神经网络决策接入信道,而采用CSMA/CA机制决策接入信道。从而STA是采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道的,可减少STA发送数据时的信道冲突或丢包率,进而可提升系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the second device trains the neural network that decides the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, and sends the performance evaluation value to the first device. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. The first means is to determine the channel access mode of the STA according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. That is to say, when the performance of the trained neural network is good, the first device determines that the STA uses the neural network to decide to access the channel; when the performance of the trained neural network is poor, the first device determines that the STA does not use the neural network to decide to access the channel, and Adopt the CSMA/CA mechanism to decide the access channel. Therefore, the STA adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can reduce the channel conflict or packet loss rate when the STA sends data, thereby improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
当网络中STA的算力不够大时,STA无法训练决策接入信道的神经网络,则由AP训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络。因此,本申请实施例还以第一装置为AP,第二装置为STA为例,提出了一种信道接入方式确定方法200。图6是该信道接入方式确定方法200的交互示意图。该信道接入方式确定方法200从AP与STA之间交互的角度进行阐述。该信道接入方式确定方法200包括但不限于以下步骤:When the computing power of the STA in the network is not large enough, the STA cannot train the neural network that decides to access the channel, and the AP trains the neural network that determines the channel that the STA accesses. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application also proposes a method 200 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an AP and the second device as an STA as an example. FIG. 6 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 200 for determining a channel access mode. The method 200 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA. The channel access mode determination method 200 includes but not limited to the following steps:
S201.AP训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。S201. AP trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel. The performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
本申请实施例中,AP训练神经网络的实施方式可参见上述S101中第二装置训练神经网络的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, for the implementation manner of training the neural network by the AP, refer to the implementation manner of training the neural network by the second device in S101 above, and details are not repeated here.
S202.AP向STA发送第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。S202. The AP sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode to the STA.
S203.STA接收来自AP的第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。S203. The STA receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode from the AP.
S204.STA根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。S204. The STA determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
本申请实施例中,STA根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式的实施方式,可参见上述S104中第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式的实施方式,不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the STA determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value. , the implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode will not be repeated here.
S205.STA在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向AP发送确定的信道接入方式。S205. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the STA sends the determined channel access mode to the AP.
STA在确定的信道接入方式与当前信道接入方式不相同时,将确定的信道接入方式发送给AP,以向AP请求将当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode, the STA sends the determined channel access mode to the AP, so as to request the AP to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode.
示例性地,STA当前信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,STA根据性能评估值确定的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式,那么STA将第二信道接入方式发送给AP,以向AP请求将STA当前的第一信道接入方式切换为第二信道接入方式。Exemplarily, the current channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, and the channel access mode determined by the STA according to the performance evaluation value is the second channel access mode, then the STA sends the second channel access mode to the AP, To request the AP to switch the current first channel access mode of the STA to the second channel access mode.
示例性地,STA当前信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式,STA根据性能评估值确定的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,那么STA将第一信道接入方式发送给AP,以向AP请求将STA当前的第二信道接入方式切换为第一信道接入方式。Exemplarily, the current channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode, and the channel access mode determined by the STA according to the performance evaluation value is the first channel access mode, then the STA sends the first channel access mode to the AP, To request the AP to switch the current second channel access mode of the STA to the first channel access mode.
S206.AP接收来自STA的信道接入方式。S206. The AP receives the channel access mode from the STA.
S207.AP根据该信道接入方式更新信道接入方式状态表,信道接入方式状态表包括与AP关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。S207. The AP updates the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode. The channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the AP, and whether each STA supports the first channel access mode. , the current channel access mode of each STA.
一种可选的实施方式中,AP接收到来自STA的信道接入方式后,根据信道接入方式状态太表中该STA的当前信道接入方式,获知到接收的信道接入方式与该STA的当前信道接入方式不相同,从而确定是否同意STA将当前的信道接入方式切换为接收的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, after the AP receives the channel access method from the STA, it learns that the received channel access method is compatible with the STA's current channel access method in the channel access method status table. The current channel access mode of the STA is different, so as to determine whether to agree with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode.
另一种可选的实施方式中,AP接收到来自STA的信道接入方式后,默认STA请求将当前信道接入方式切换为接收的信道接入方式,从而AP确定是否同意STA将当前的信道接入方式切换为接收的信道接入方式。In another optional implementation, after the AP receives the channel access method from the STA, the default STA requests to switch the current channel access method to the received channel access method, so that the AP determines whether to agree with the STA to use the current channel access method The access mode is switched to the channel access mode of receiving.
可理解的,若AP同意STA将当前的信道接入方式切换为接收的信道接入方式,则根据该接收的信道接入方式更新AP本地存储的信道接入方式状态表。AP根据接收的信道接入方式更新信道接入方式状态表是指:AP将信道接入方式状态表中该STA的当前信道接入方式更新为接收的信道接入方式。Understandably, if the AP agrees with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode, then the AP locally stores the channel access mode status table according to the received channel access mode. The updating of the channel access mode status table by the AP according to the received channel access mode means that the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode status table to the received channel access mode.
其中,信道接入方式状态表包括与AP关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、每个STA的当前信道接入方式。每个STA支持的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式或第二信道接入方式。Wherein, the channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the AP, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA. The channel access mode supported by each STA is the first channel access mode or the second channel access mode.
示例性的,AP本地存储的信道接入方式状态表如下表1所示。该信道接入方式状态表中,与AP关联的3个STA中每个STA的身份标识为标识#1、标识#2、标识#3,该身份标识为介质访问控制层(Media Access Control,MAC)标识。标识#1和标识#2分别对应的STA#1和STA#2均支持第一信道接入方式,标识#3对应的STA#3不支持第一信道接入方式。即STA#1和STA#2均可采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,而STA#3只能采用第二信道接入方式决策接入信道。STA#1、STA#2、STA#3的当前信道接入方式均为第一信道接入方式、第二信道接入方式、第二信道接入方式。若AP接收到来自STA#2的第一信道接入方式,且AP同 意STA#2将当前的第二信道接入方式切换为第一信道接入方式时,则AP将STA#2的当前接入方式更新为第一信道接入方式。Exemplarily, the channel access mode status table locally stored by the AP is shown in Table 1 below. In the channel access mode state table, the identities of each STA among the 3 STAs associated with the AP are identification #1, identification #2, and identification #3, and the identification is the Media Access Control layer (Media Access Control, MAC ) logo. Both STA#1 and STA#2 respectively corresponding to the identifier #1 and the identifier #2 support the first channel access method, and STA#3 corresponding to the identifier #3 does not support the first channel access method. That is, both STA#1 and STA#2 can use the first channel access method to decide to access the channel, while STA#3 can only use the second channel access method to decide to access the channel. The current channel access modes of STA#1, STA#2, and STA#3 are the first channel access mode, the second channel access mode, and the second channel access mode. If the AP receives the first channel access method from STA#2, and the AP agrees that STA#2 will switch the current second channel access method to the first channel access method, then the AP will switch the current access method of STA#2 to The access method is updated to the first channel access method.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022134771-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022134771-appb-000001
STA是否支持采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道的功能可以携带在UHT capabilities element中。UHT capabilities element是STA与AP关联的过程中携带在STA向AP发送的无线帧中。UHT capabilities element的帧格式可参见图7所示,即UHT capabilities element包括第一信道接入方式支持子字段,该第一信道接入方式支持子字段用于指示STA是否支持采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道。Whether the STA supports the first channel access method to decide to access the channel can be carried in the UHT capabilities element. The UHT capabilities element is carried in the wireless frame sent by the STA to the AP during the process of associating the STA with the AP. The frame format of the UHT capabilities element can be seen in Figure 7, that is, the UHT capabilities element includes the first channel access mode support subfield, and the first channel access mode support subfield is used to indicate whether the STA supports the first channel access The method decides to access the channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,AP同意STA将当前信道接入方式切换为接收的信道接入方式时,AP还可将与该AP关联的多个STA中,每个当前信道接入方式与接收的信道接入方式均不他的STA的信道接入方式均更新为接收的信道接入方式,以使得与该AP关联的所有STA均采用接收的信道接入方式决策接入信道,进一步提升系统的吞吐量,以及降低通信时延。In an optional implementation manner, when the AP agrees with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode, the AP can also combine the current channel access mode of each of the multiple STAs associated with the AP with the The received channel access methods are all updated to the received channel access methods of other STAs, so that all STAs associated with the AP use the received channel access methods to decide to access channels, further improving System throughput, and reduce communication delay.
示例性的,与AP关联的STA为STA#1、STA#2、STA#3,STA#1、STA#2、STA#3均支持采用第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,STA#1和STA#2的当前信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式,STA#3的当前信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式。AP接收到来自STA#2的第一信道接入方式,即AP获知到STA#2请求将当前的第二信道接入方式切换为第一信道接入方式。AP同意STA#2将当前第二信道接入方式切换为第一信道接入方式时,将信道状态表中STA#2的当前信道接入方式更新为第一信道接入方式,以及将信道状态表中STA#1的当前信道接入方式也更新为第一信道接入方式,以使得STA#1、STA#2均采用STA#2确定的第一信道接入方式决策接入信道,从而有利于提高系统的吞吐量,以及降低通信时延。Exemplarily, the STAs associated with the AP are STA#1, STA#2, and STA#3. STA#1, STA#2, and STA#3 all support using the first channel access method to decide to access the channel. STA#1 The current channel access mode of STA#2 is the second channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of STA#3 is the first channel access mode. The AP receives the first channel access method from STA#2, that is, the AP learns that STA#2 requests to switch the current second channel access method to the first channel access method. When the AP agrees with STA#2 to switch the current second channel access method to the first channel access method, it updates the current channel access method of STA#2 in the channel status table to the first channel access method, and changes the channel status to the first channel access method. The current channel access method of STA#1 in the table is also updated to the first channel access method, so that both STA#1 and STA#2 use the first channel access method determined by STA#2 to decide to access the channel, thus having It is beneficial to improve the throughput of the system and reduce the communication delay.
S208.AP向STA发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示AP同意将STA的信道接入方式更新为确定的信道接入方式。S208. The AP sends second indication information to the STA, where the second indication information is used to instruct the AP to agree to update the channel access mode of the STA to a determined channel access mode.
可选的,当AP在更新信道接入方式状态表中该STA的当前信道接入方式时,也更新了其他STA的当前信道接入方式时,AP还可向其他STA发送更新后的信道接入方式,以使得其他STA将当前信道接入方式切换为为该信道接入方式。Optionally, when the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode state table and also updates the current channel access mode of other STAs, the AP can also send the updated channel access mode to other STAs. access mode, so that other STAs switch the current channel access mode to this channel access mode.
S209.STA接收来自AP的第二指示信息。S209. The STA receives second indication information from the AP.
S210.STA将当前的信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。S210. The STA switches the current channel access mode to a determined channel access mode.
STA通过第二指示信息,确定AP同意该STA将当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式,从而STA将当前的信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。进而该STA可采用确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道。Through the second indication information, the STA determines that the AP agrees to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode for the STA, so that the STA switches the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode. Furthermore, the STA can use a certain channel access method to decide to access the channel.
本申请实施例中,STA还可在确定的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式时,确定STA是否需要更新信道接入参数。其中,信道接入参数可以包括训练的神经网络的神经网络结构和神经网络参数。神经网络结构包括:神经网络类型(如全连接神经网络、卷积神经网络、循环神经网络等)、神经网络层数、每层神经元个数、每层激活函数。神经网络参数包括权值(weight)和偏置(bias)。In this embodiment of the present application, the STA may also determine whether the STA needs to update the channel access parameter when the determined channel access mode is the first channel access mode. Wherein, the channel access parameters may include the neural network structure and neural network parameters of the trained neural network. The neural network structure includes: neural network type (such as fully connected neural network, convolutional neural network, recurrent neural network, etc.), the number of neural network layers, the number of neurons in each layer, and the activation function of each layer. Neural network parameters include weight and bias.
STA在确定的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式时,确定STA是否需要更新信道接入参 数的实施方式如下:When the channel access mode determined by the STA is the first channel access mode, the implementation of determining whether the STA needs to update the channel access parameters is as follows:
一种可选的实施方式中,若STA根据精确度确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式时,STA还可在该精确度大于第三预设值时,向AP发送第一指示信息。该第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。第三预设值大于第一预设值。也就是说,训练的神经网络的精度远大于预期值时,STA确定信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,且STA需更新神经网络的参数,以及通过第一指示信息向AP指示STA需更新神经网络的参数。In an optional implementation manner, if the STA determines that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method according to the accuracy, the STA may also send the first channel access method to the AP when the accuracy is greater than the third preset value. Instructions. The first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters. The third preset value is greater than the first preset value. That is to say, when the accuracy of the trained neural network is much greater than the expected value, the STA determines that the channel access method is the first channel access method, and the STA needs to update the parameters of the neural network, and indicates to the AP that the STA needs to use the first indication information. Update the parameters of the neural network.
另一种可选的实施方式中,若STA根据上述第一值确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式时,STA还可在第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息。该第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。也就是说,训练的神经网络的精度大于STA已使用的神经网络的精度的程度远超过预期值时,或者,训练的神经网络的误差小于STA已使用的神经网络的误差的程度远超过预期值时,STA确定信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,且STA需更新神经网络的参数,以及通过第一指示信息向AP指示STA需更新神经网络的参数。In another optional implementation manner, if the STA determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode according to the above-mentioned first value, the STA may also report to the second channel access mode when the first value is greater than the fourth preset value. The second device sends first indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. That is to say, when the accuracy of the trained neural network is greater than the accuracy of the neural network used by STA far beyond the expected value, or the error of the trained neural network is much smaller than the error of the neural network used by STA far beyond the expected value When , the STA determines that the channel access mode is the first channel access mode, and the STA needs to update the parameters of the neural network, and indicates to the AP that the STA needs to update the parameters of the neural network through the first indication information.
从而,AP还可接收来自STA的第一指示信息,并通过第一指示信息获知到STA需更新信道接入参数。进而AP向STA单播信道接入参数。那么STA接收来自AP的信道接入参数,并根据该信道接入参数更新神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络,从而STA采用更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。Therefore, the AP may also receive the first indication information from the STA, and learn through the first indication information that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Furthermore, the AP unicasts the channel access parameters to the STA. Then the STA receives the channel access parameters from the AP, and updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain the updated neural network, so that the STA uses the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
又一种实施方式中,若AP还将与该AP关联的其他STA的当前第二信道接入方式更新为第一信道接入方式,则AP还可向此类STA广播信道接入参数,以使得此类STA根据接收的信道接入参数更新神经网络,并根据更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。In yet another implementation, if the AP also updates the current second channel access mode of other STAs associated with the AP to the first channel access mode, the AP can also broadcast channel access parameters to such STAs, so as to Such STAs are made to update the neural network according to the received channel access parameters, and decide to access the channel according to the updated neural network.
本申请实施例中,AP训练用于决策STA接入信道的神经网络,获得了采用神经网络决策STA接入信道的性能评估值,并将该性能评估值发送给STA。从而STA根据该性能评估值从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中,确定STA的信道接入方式。STA在确定的信道接入方式与当前的信道接入方式不相同时,向AP发送确定的信道接入方式,以请求AP同意将当前的信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。AP同意STA将当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式时,通过指示信息告知该STA,从而STA采用确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道。可见,STA最终采用的信道接入方式是根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值确定的。也就是说,训练的神经网络性能较好时,STA确定STA采用神经网络决策接入信道;训练的神经网络性能较差时,第一装置确定STA不采用神经网络决策接入信道,而采用CSMA/CA机制决策接入信道。从而STA是采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道的,可减少STA发送数据时的信道冲突或丢包率,进而可提升系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the AP trains the neural network used to decide the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the STA access channel decision by using the neural network, and sends the performance evaluation value to the STA. Therefore, the STA determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode, the STA sends the determined channel access mode to the AP to request the AP to agree to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode. When the AP agrees with the STA to switch the current channel access mode to the definite channel access mode, it informs the STA through indication information, so that the STA adopts the definite channel access mode to decide to access the channel. It can be seen that the channel access mode finally adopted by the STA is determined according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. That is to say, when the performance of the trained neural network is good, the STA determines that the STA uses the neural network to decide to access the channel; when the trained neural network has poor performance, the first device determines that the STA does not use the neural network to decide to access the channel, but uses CSMA The /CA mechanism decides to access the channel. Therefore, the STA adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can reduce the channel conflict or packet loss rate when the STA sends data, thereby improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
当网络中STA具有较强的算力时,STA可训练决策接入信道的神经网络。因此,本申请实施例还以第一装置为STA,第二装置为AP为例,提出了一种信道接入方式确定方法300。图8是该信道接入方式确定方法300的交互示意图。该信道接入方式确定方法300从AP与STA之间交互的角度进行阐述。该信道接入方式确定方法300包括但不限于以下步骤:When the STA in the network has strong computing power, the STA can train the neural network that decides to access the channel. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application also proposes a method 300 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an STA and the second device as an AP as an example. FIG. 8 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 300 for determining a channel access mode. The method 300 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA. The channel access mode determination method 300 includes but not limited to the following steps:
S301.STA训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。S301. The STA trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The first channel access method refers to the use of the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA. The performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
本申请实施例中,STA训练神经网络的实施方式可参见上述S101中第二装置训练神经网络的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner of training the neural network by the STA may refer to the implementation manner of training the neural network by the second device in S101 above, and details are not repeated here.
S302.STA向AP发送第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。S302. The STA sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode to the AP.
S303.AP接收来自STA的第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。S303. The AP receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode from the STA.
S304.AP根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。S304. The AP determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value.
本申请实施例中,AP根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式的实施方式,可参见上述S104中第一装置根据性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式的实施方式,不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the AP determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value. , the implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode will not be repeated here.
S305.AP在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,更新信道接入方式状态表。S305. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP updates the channel access mode status table.
可理解的,AP可信道信道接入方式状态表中该STA的当前信道接入方式,确定该确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式是否相同。AP在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,确定STA需将当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。因此,AP将信道接入方式状态表中该STA的当前信道接入方式更新为确定的信道接入方式。Understandably, the AP may determine whether the determined channel access mode is the same as the current channel access mode of the STA based on the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel channel access mode state table. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP determines that the STA needs to switch the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode. Therefore, the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode status table to the determined channel access mode.
本申请实施例中,AP更新信道接入方式状态表的实施方式可参见上述S206中更新信道接入方式状态表的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner of updating the channel access mode state table by the AP may refer to the implementation manner of updating the channel access mode state table in S206 above, and details are not repeated here.
S306.AP向STA发送确定的信道接入方式。S306. The AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA.
可理解的,AP将信道接入方式状态表中STA的当前信道接入方式更新为确定的信道接入方式后,向STA发送确定的信道接入方式,以使得STA将当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式。Understandably, after the AP updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode state table to the determined channel access mode, it sends the determined channel access mode to the STA, so that the STA switches the current channel access mode It is a definite channel access method.
S307.STA接收来自AP的信道接入方式。S307. The STA receives the channel access mode from the AP.
S308.STA将当前的信道接入方式切换为该信道接入方式。S308. The STA switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode.
STA接收的信道接入方式是AP根据性能评估值确定的,且该信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同,因此STA将当前信道接入方式切换为该接收的信道接入方式,从而STA采用AP确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道,即STA是采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,可提高系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。The channel access mode received by the STA is determined by the AP based on the performance evaluation value, and the channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, so the STA switches the current channel access mode to the received channel access mode , so that the STA uses the channel access method determined by the AP to decide to access the channel, that is, the STA uses the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can improve the system throughput and reduce the communication delay.
一种可选的实施方式中,AP根据精确度或上述第一值确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,且根据信道接入方式确定方法200中的实施方式确定STA需更信道接入参数时,AP向STA发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。从而STA根据训练的神经网络对应的信道接入参数,更新该神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络,进而STA采用该更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, the AP determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode according to the accuracy or the above-mentioned first value, and determines that the STA needs to change the channel access mode according to the implementation of the method 200 for determining the channel access mode. When channel access parameters are set, the AP sends first indication information to the STA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters. Therefore, the STA updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the trained neural network to obtain an updated neural network, and then the STA uses the updated neural network to decide to access a channel.
本申请实施例中,STA训练决策接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并将该性能评估值发送给AP。AP根据该性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。AP在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向STA发送该确定的信道接入方式。从而STA将当前信道接入方式切换为该确定的信道接入方式,进而STA采用AP确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道。该确定的信道接入方式是AP根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值确定的,因此STA是采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,可提高系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the STA trains the neural network for deciding to access the channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode, and sends the performance evaluation value to the AP. The AP determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA. Therefore, the STA switches the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode, and then the STA adopts the channel access mode determined by the AP to decide to access the channel. The determined channel access method is determined by the AP according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. Therefore, the STA adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can improve system throughput and reduce communication delay.
本申请实施例还提供一种信道接入方式确定方法400。图9是该信道接入方式确定方法400的流程示意图。该信道接入方式确定方法400从第一装置的角度进行阐述。该信道接入方式确定方法400包括但不限于以下步骤:The embodiment of the present application also provides a method 400 for determining a channel access mode. FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of the method 400 for determining a channel access mode. The method 400 for determining a channel access mode is described from the perspective of the first device. The channel access mode determination method 400 includes but not limited to the following steps:
S401.第一装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的 至少一种。S401. The first device trains the neural network, and obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the site STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network. at least one of the values.
本申请实施例中,第一装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值的实施方式可参见上述S101中第二装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the first device trains the neural network and obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. Refer to the above S101 where the second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The implementation manner will not be repeated here.
S402.第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。S402. The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
本申请实施例中,第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,可参见上述S104中的实施方式,不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The implementation manner will not be repeated here.
可见,本申请实施例中,第一装置训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并根据该性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中,确定STA的信道接入方式。从而可使得STA采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,进而有利于提升系统吞吐量,降低通信时延。It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the first device trains the neural network that decides the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method, and based on the performance evaluation value, selects the first channel access method and the second channel access method. In the channel access mode, determine the channel access mode of the STA. In this way, the STA can adopt an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which is conducive to improving the system throughput and reducing the communication delay.
当通信系统中的STA算力较小,且STA的通信开销较大时,STA无法训练决策接入信道的神经网络,也无法确定STA的信道接入方式。因此,本申请实施例还以第一装置是AP,第二装置是STA为例,提出了一种信道接入方式确定方法500。图10是该信道接入方式确定方法500的交互示意图。该信道接入方式确定方法500从AP与STA之间交互的角度进行阐述。该信道接入方式确定方法500包括但不限于以下步骤:When the computing power of the STA in the communication system is small, and the communication overhead of the STA is large, the STA cannot train the neural network that decides to access the channel, and cannot determine the channel access method of the STA. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application also proposes a method 500 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an AP and the second device as an STA as an example. FIG. 10 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 500 for determining a channel access mode. The method 500 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA. The channel access mode determination method 500 includes but not limited to the following steps:
S501.AP训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。S501. AP trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel. The performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
本申请实施例中,AP训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值的实施方式可参见上述S101中第二装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the AP trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. Please refer to the implementation of the second device training the neural network in S101 above to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. way, no more details.
S502.AP根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。S502. The AP determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
本申请实施例中,AP根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,可参见上述S104中第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the AP determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. For details, refer to the first device in S104 above. The implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA will not be repeated here.
S503.AP在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,更新信道接入状态表。S503. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP updates the channel access state table.
AP可根据本地存储的信道接入方式状态表确定该确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式是否相同。AP在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,确定STA需切换信道接入方式,因此也将信道接入方式状态表中STA的当前信道接入方式更新为确定的信道接入方式,以保持后续和STA相同的信道接入方式。信道接入方式状态表可参见上述所述,不再赘述。The AP may determine whether the determined channel access mode is the same as the current channel access mode of the STA according to the locally stored channel access mode state table. When the determined channel access mode of the AP is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP determines that the STA needs to switch the channel access mode, so it also updates the current channel access mode of the STA in the channel access mode status table to the determined one. Channel access method to keep the same channel access method as STA. For the channel access mode status table, reference may be made to the above description, and details will not be repeated here.
一种可选的实施方式中,AP确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,且根据如上述信道接入方式确定方法200中的实施方式,确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,向STA发 送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。从而STA通过接收来自第一装置的第一指示信息,获知到自身需更新信道接入参数。In an optional implementation manner, the AP determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, and according to the implementation mode in the channel access mode determination method 200 described above, when it is determined that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter , sending first indication information to the STA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter. Therefore, by receiving the first indication information from the first device, the STA knows that it needs to update the channel access parameters.
AP确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,向STA发送训练的神经网络对应的信道接入参数。信道接入参数如上述所述,不再赘述。When the AP determines that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters, it sends the channel access parameters corresponding to the trained neural network to the STA. The channel access parameters are as described above and will not be repeated here.
S504.AP向STA发送确定的信道接入方式。S504. The AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA.
S505.STA接收来自AP的信道接入方式。S505. The STA receives the channel access mode from the AP.
S506.STA将当前信道接入方式切换为该信道接入方式。S506. The STA switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode.
STA接收到来自AP的信道接入方式后,默认将当前信道接入方式切换为接收的信道接入方式,从而后续采用接收的信道接入方式决策接入信道。After receiving the channel access method from the AP, the STA will switch the current channel access method to the received channel access method by default, and then use the received channel access method to decide to access the channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,STA接收来自AP的信道接入参数,并采用该信道接入参数更新神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络,进而采用更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, the STA receives channel access parameters from the AP, uses the channel access parameters to update the neural network, obtains an updated neural network, and uses the updated neural network to decide to access a channel.
本申请实施例中,AP训练决策STA接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并根据该性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中,确定STA的信道接入方式。AP在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向STA发送该确定的信道接入方式。从而STA将当前信道接入方式切换为AP确定的信道接入方式,并采用确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道。该方式使得STA采用的信道接入方式是AP根据第一性能评估值确定的,即使得STA是采用合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,可提升系统的吞吐量,降低通信时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the AP trains the neural network that decides the STA access channel, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method, and according to the performance evaluation value, selects the first channel access method and the second channel access method , determine the channel access mode of the STA. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the AP sends the determined channel access mode to the STA. Thus, the STA switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode determined by the AP, and uses the determined channel access mode to decide to access the channel. In this way, the channel access method adopted by the STA is determined by the AP according to the first performance evaluation value, that is, the STA adopts an appropriate channel access method to decide to access the channel, which can improve the throughput of the system and reduce the communication delay.
当通信系统中的STA具有较好的算力,且支持较高的通信开销时,STA可训练用于决策接入信道的神经网络,并根据训练结果确定信道接入方式。因此,本申请实施例以第一装置是STA,第二装置是AP为例,提出了一种信道接入方式确定方法600。图11是该信道接入方式确定方法600的交互示意图。该信道接入方式确定方法600从AP与STA之间交互的角度进行阐述。该信道接入方式确定方法600包括但不限于以下步骤:When the STA in the communication system has better computing power and supports higher communication overhead, the STA can train the neural network used to decide the access channel, and determine the channel access mode according to the training result. Therefore, this embodiment of the present application proposes a method 600 for determining a channel access mode by taking the first device as an STA and the second device as an AP as an example. FIG. 11 is an interactive schematic diagram of the method 600 for determining a channel access mode. The method 600 for determining the channel access mode is described from the perspective of interaction between the AP and the STA. The channel access mode determination method 600 includes but not limited to the following steps:
S601.STA训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,性能评估值包括神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。S601. The STA trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to make decisions about the station STA's access to the channel. The performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss value of the neural network. at least one of .
本申请实施例中,STA训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值的实施方式可参见上述S101中第二装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the STA trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. For example, refer to the implementation of the second device training the neural network in S101 above to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. way, no more details.
S602.STA根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式。第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策STA接入信道。S602. The STA determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode. The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide STAs to access a channel.
本申请实施例中,STA根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定STA的信道接入方式,可参见上述S104中第一装置确定STA的信道接入方式的实施方式,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the STA determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method. For details, please refer to the first device in S104 above. The implementation manner of determining the channel access mode of the STA will not be repeated here.
一种可选的实施方式中,STA确定STA的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,且根据如上述信道接入方式确定方法200中的实施方式,确定STA需更新信道接入参数时,向AP发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新信道接入参数。In an optional implementation manner, the STA determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, and according to the implementation mode in the channel access mode determination method 200 described above, when determining that the STA needs to update the channel access parameters , sending first indication information to the AP, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the channel access parameter.
S603.STA在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,将当前信道接入方式转换为确定的信道接入方式,以及向AP发送该确定的信道接入方式。S603. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the STA converts the current channel access mode into the determined channel access mode, and sends the determined channel access mode to the AP.
STA在确定的信道接入方式与当前信道接入方式不相同时,进行信道接入方式的切换, 向AP发送确定的信道接入方式,以使得AP获知到自身已将当前信道接入方式切换为该确定的信道接入方式。When the determined channel access method is different from the current channel access method, the STA switches the channel access method and sends the determined channel access method to the AP so that the AP knows that it has switched the current channel access method For the determined channel access method.
一种可选的实施方式中,STA确定的信道接入方式为第一信道接入方式,且STA需更新信道接入参数时,STA根据训练的神经网络对应的信道接入参数,更新该神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。从而STA采用更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, the channel access method determined by the STA is the first channel access method, and when the STA needs to update the channel access parameters, the STA updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the trained neural network. network to obtain the updated neural network. Therefore, the STA adopts the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
S604.AP接收来自STA的信道接入方式。S604. The AP receives the channel access mode from the STA.
S605.AP根据该信道接入方式更新信道接入方式状态表。S605. The AP updates the channel access mode state table according to the channel access mode.
AP接收到来自STA的信道接入方式后,可根据自身存储的信道接入方式状态表,获知到接收到的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同,从而将信道接入方式中STA的当前信道接入方式更新为接收的信道接入方式,从而保持了与STA相同的信道接入方式。信道接入方式状态表可参见上述,不再赘述。After the AP receives the channel access mode from the STA, it can learn that the received channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA according to the channel access mode state table stored by the AP, so that the channel access mode The current channel access mode of the STA is updated to the received channel access mode, thereby maintaining the same channel access mode as the STA. The channel access mode status table can be referred to above, and will not be repeated here.
一种可选的实施方式中,AP还可接收来自STA的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示STA需更新神经网络参数。那么若AP在更新了STA的当前信道接入方式时,也更新了其他STA的当前信道接入方式,则AP还可训练用于决策STA接入信道的神经网络,并将训练后神经网络对应的信道接入参数发送给更新了当前信道接入方式的其他STA,以使得其他STA也根据接收的信道接入参数更新神经网络,以及采用更新后的神经网络决策接入信道。In an optional implementation manner, the AP may also receive first indication information from the STA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update the neural network parameters. Then, if the AP updates the current channel access methods of other STAs when updating the current channel access methods of STAs, the AP can also train the neural network used to The channel access parameters are sent to other STAs that have updated the current channel access mode, so that other STAs also update the neural network according to the received channel access parameters, and use the updated neural network to decide to access the channel.
本申请实施例中,STA自行训练决策接入信道的神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,并根据该性能评估值,从第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中,确定STA的信道接入方式。STA在确定的信道接入方式与STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,将当前信道接入方式切换为确定的信道接入方式,以采用确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道。从而STA是采用根据性能评估值确定的信道接入方式决策接入信道,即采用了合适的信道接入方式决策接入信道,可提升系统的吞吐量,降低通信时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the STA trains the neural network that decides to access the channel by itself, obtains the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method, and based on the performance evaluation value, selects the first channel access method and the second channel access method , determine the channel access mode of the STA. When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the STA switches the current channel access mode to the determined channel access mode, so as to use the determined channel access mode to decide to access the channel. Therefore, the STA decides to access the channel by using the channel access method determined according to the performance evaluation value, that is, adopts the appropriate channel access method to decide the access channel, which can improve the throughput of the system and reduce the communication delay.
四.通信装置。4. Communication device.
为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,第一装置或第二装置可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In order to realize the various functions in the method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application, the first device or the second device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. various functions. Whether one of the above-mentioned functions is executed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
如图12所示,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置1200。该通信装置1200可以是第一装置的部件(例如,集成电路,芯片等等),也可以是第二装置的部件(例如,集成电路,芯片等等)。该通信装置1200也可以是其他通信单元,用于实现本申请方法实施例中的方法。该通信装置1200可以包括:通信单元1201和处理单元1202。可选的,还可以包括存储单元1203。As shown in FIG. 12 , the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1200 . The communication device 1200 may be a component of the first device (eg, integrated circuit, chip, etc.), or a component of the second device (eg, integrated circuit, chip, etc.). The communication device 1200 may also be another communication unit, configured to implement the method in the method embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1200 may include: a communication unit 1201 and a processing unit 1202 . Optionally, a storage unit 1203 may also be included.
在一种可能的设计中,如图12中的一个或者多个单元可能由一个或者多个处理器来实现,或者由一个或者多个处理器和存储器来实现;或者由一个或多个处理器和收发器实现;或者由一个或者多个处理器、存储器和收发器实现,本申请实施例对此不作限定。所述处理器、存储器、收发器可以单独设置,也可以集成。In a possible design, one or more units in Figure 12 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memory; or by one or more processors and a transceiver; or by one or more processors, memories, and a transceiver, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The processor, memory, and transceiver can be set independently or integrated.
所述通信装置1200具备实现本申请实施例描述的第一装置的功能,可选的,通信装置1200具备实现本申请实施例描述的第二装置的功能。比如,所述通信装置1200包括第一装置执行本申请实施例描述的第一装置涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段(means)可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,还可以通过软件和硬件结合的方式实现。详细可进一步参考前述对应方法实施 例中的相应描述。The communication device 1200 has the function of realizing the first device described in the embodiment of the present application, and optionally, the communication device 1200 has the function of realizing the second device described in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the communication device 1200 includes a first device that executes the modules or units or means (means) corresponding to the steps of the first device described in the embodiment of this application, and the functions or units or means (means) can be implemented by software, Or it may be realized by hardware, it may also be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware, and it may also be realized by a combination of software and hardware. For details, further reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments.
在一种可能的设计中,一种通信装置1200可包括:In a possible design, a communication device 1200 may include:
通信单元1201,用于接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The communication unit 1201 is configured to receive a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using a neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the exact channel access value of the neural network. At least one of degree and loss value;
处理单元1202,用于根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The processing unit 1202 is configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access mode refers to A carrier sensing collision avoidance mechanism is used to make a decision on the STA access channel.
一种可选的实施方式中,处理单元1202根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:在所述精确度大于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;在所述精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for: When the accuracy is greater than a first preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to a first preset value, determine that the The channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
另一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;所述第二预设值大于零;在第一值小于或等于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。其中,所述第一值是所述精确度减去所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,所述第一值是所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去所述损失值的值。In another optional implementation manner, the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for : When the first value is greater than a second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode; the second preset value is greater than zero; when the first value is less than or equal to the first channel access mode When two preset values are used, it is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode. Wherein, the first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or, the first value is the first channel access method used by the STA The loss value of the input mode minus the value of the loss value.
一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,还可用于:在所述精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;所述第三预设值大于所述第一预设值。In an optional implementation manner, when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it may also be configured to: when the accuracy is greater than a third preset value, send The second device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the third preset value is greater than the first preset value.
另一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,还可用于:在所述第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;所述第四预设值大于所述第二预设值。In another optional implementation manner, when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it may also be configured to: when the first value is greater than a fourth preset value , sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202还可用于:在确定的信道接入方式与所述STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,通过通信单元1201向所述第二装置发送所述确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the processing unit 1202 is further configured to: when the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, send the Definite channel access method.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为所述STA,通信单元1201还可接收来自所述第二装置的第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二装置同意将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式;处理单元1202还可将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the communication unit 1201 can also receive second indication information from the second device; the second indication information is used to indicate that the second The device agrees to switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode; the processing unit 1202 may also switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode .
另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为接入点AP,处理单元1202还可根据所述确定的信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。In another optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the processing unit 1202 may also update the channel access mode status table according to the determined channel access mode; the channel access mode The state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为所述STA,通信单元1201还可接收信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数;处理单元1202还可根据所述信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the communication unit 1201 can also receive channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network The processing unit 1202 may also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
本申请实施例和上述所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原 理请参照上述所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application and the method embodiment shown above are based on the same idea, and the technical effects they bring are also the same. For specific principles, please refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment, and will not repeat them here.
在另一种可能的设计中,一种通信装置1200可包括:In another possible design, a communication device 1200 may include:
处理单元1202,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The processing unit 1202 is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel; the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the neural network;
通信单元1201,用于发送所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。The communication unit 1201 is configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner.
一种可选的实现方式中,通信单元1201,还用于接收来自所述第一装置的信道接入方式;所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值确定。In an optional implementation manner, the communication unit 1201 is further configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device; the channel access mode is determined by the first device according to the performance evaluation value.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为接入点AP,处理单元1202还可更新信道接入方式状态表;所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式;通信单元1201,还用于向所述第一装置发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二装置同意所述第一转置将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the processing unit 1202 may also update a channel access mode status table; the channel access mode status table includes the The identity of each STA among the multiple STAs, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA; the communication unit 1201 is also used to send the first device Sending second indication information; the second indication information is used to instruct the second device to agree to the first transposition to switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为所述STA,所述处理单元1202还可将所述第二装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the processing unit 1202 may also switch the channel access mode of the second device to the determined channel access mode.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为接入点AP,通信单元1201,还用于:接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;发送信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the communication unit 1201 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate The STA needs to update the channel access parameters; send the channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include the neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为接入点AP,通信单元1201,还可接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;所述处理单元1202还可根据所述神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。In another optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the communication unit 1201 may also receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The STA needs to update channel access parameters; the processing unit 1202 can also update the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network, to obtain an updated neural network.
本申请实施例和上述所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application and the method embodiments shown above are based on the same idea, and the technical effects brought about by them are also the same. For specific principles, please refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
在又一种可能的设计中,一种通信装置1200可包括:In yet another possible design, a communication device 1200 may include:
处理单元1202,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用所述神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The processing unit 1202 is configured to train a neural network and obtain a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of the neural network;
处理单元1202,还用于根据所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The processing unit 1202 is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode; The second channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the channel access of the STA.
一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:在所述精确度大于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;在所述精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for: When the accuracy is greater than a first preset value, determine that the channel access method of the STA is the first channel access method; when the accuracy is less than or equal to a first preset value, determine that the The channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
另一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;所述第二预设值大于零;在第一值小于或等于第三预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。其中。 所述第一值是所述精确度减去所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,所述第一值是所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去所述损失值的值。In another optional implementation manner, the processing unit 1202 determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value, specifically for : When the first value is greater than a second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode; the second preset value is greater than zero; when the first value is less than or equal to the first channel access mode When the preset value is three, it is determined that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode. in. The first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or, the first value is the first channel access method used by the STA The value of the loss value minus the loss value.
一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,还用于:在所述精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;所述第二预设值大于所述第一预设值。In an optional implementation manner, when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it is further configured to: when the accuracy is greater than a third preset value, send The second device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the second preset value is greater than the first preset value.
另一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,还用于:在所述第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;所述第四预设值大于所述第二预设值。In another optional implementation manner, when the processing unit 1202 determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it is further configured to: when the first value is greater than a fourth preset value , sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update a channel access parameter; the fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
一种可选的实现方式中,处理单元1202在确定的信道接入方式与所述STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,还可通过通信单元1201向所述第二装置发送所述确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, when the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the processing unit 1202 may also send the determined channel access mode to the second device through the communication unit 1201. Channel access method.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为接入点AP,处理单元1202还可更新信道接入方式状态表;所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个ST中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is an access point AP, and the processing unit 1202 may also update a channel access mode status table; the channel access mode status table includes the The identity of each STA among the multiple STs, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为所述STA,处理单元1202还可将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the processing unit 1202 may also switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode.
另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为所述AP,通信单元1201还可发送信道接入参数,所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In another optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is the AP, and the communication unit 1201 may also send a channel access parameter, where the channel access parameter includes a neural network of the neural network of the neural network Structural parameters and neural network parameters.
一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置1200为所述STA,处理单元1202还可根据所述神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 is the STA, and the processing unit 1202 may also update the neural network according to channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain an updated neural network; The channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network of the neural network.
本申请实施例和上述所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application and the method embodiments shown above are based on the same idea, and the technical effects brought about by them are also the same. For specific principles, please refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
在又一种可能的设计中,一种通信装置1200可包括:In yet another possible design, a communication device 1200 may include:
通信单元1201,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;a communication unit 1201, configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device;
处理单元1202,用于将当前信道接入方式切换为所述信道接入方式;所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The processing unit 1202 is configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode; the channel access mode is the performance evaluation value of the first device according to the first channel access mode, from the first determined in the channel access method and the second channel access method;
所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel; the performance evaluation value At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network is included.
一种可选的实现方式中,通信单元1201,还用于接收信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数;处理单元1202,还用于根据所述信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。In an optional implementation manner, the communication unit 1201 is also configured to receive channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network; the processing unit 1202 is also configured to Updating the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
本申请实施例和上述所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application and the method embodiments shown above are based on the same idea, and the technical effects brought about by them are also the same. For specific principles, please refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
在又一种可能的设计中,一种通信装置1200可包括:In yet another possible design, a communication device 1200 may include:
通信单元1201,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;a communication unit 1201, configured to receive a channel access mode from the first device;
处理单元1202,用于根据所述信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;A processing unit 1202, configured to update a channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode;
所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点述STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel; the performance evaluation a value comprising at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of said neural network;
所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述多个STA中每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA in the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA in the multiple STAs supports the first channel access mode, and each STA in the multiple STAs supports the first channel access mode. The current channel access mode of the STA.
一种可选的实现方式中,通信单元1201,还用于:接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;向所述第二装置关联的多个STA中除所述STA外的STA发送信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。In an optional implementation manner, the communication unit 1201 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters; Among the multiple STAs associated with the second device, STAs other than the STA send channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
本申请实施例和上述所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application and the method embodiments shown above are based on the same idea, and the technical effects brought about by them are also the same. For specific principles, please refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1300,图13为通信装置1300的结构示意图。所述通信装置1300可以是第一装置或第二装置,也可以是支持第一装置实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等,还可以是支持第二装置实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。该装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1300 , and FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 1300 . The communication device 1300 may be a first device or a second device, or may be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the first device to implement the above method, or may be a chip or a chip that supports the second device to implement the above method. system, or processor, etc. The device can be used to implement the methods described in the above method embodiments, and for details, refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments.
所述通信装置1300可以包括一个或多个处理器1301。所述处理器1301可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、基带芯片,终端、终端芯片,DU或CU等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 1300 may include one or more processors 1301 . The processor 1301 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it may be a baseband processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, or a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU). The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process Data for Software Programs.
可选的,所述通信装置1300中可以包括一个或多个存储器1302,其上可以存有指令1304,所述指令可在所述处理器1301上被运行,使得所述通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1302中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器1301和存储器1302可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 1300 may include one or more memories 1302, on which instructions 1304 may be stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor 1301, so that the communication device 1300 executes the above method Methods described in the Examples. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1302 . The processor 1301 and the memory 1302 can be set separately or integrated together.
存储器1302可包括但不限于硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等非易失性存储器,随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或便携式只读存储器(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)等等。The memory 1302 may include but not limited to hard disk (hard disk drive, HDD) or solid-state drive (solid-state drive, SSD) and other non-volatile memory, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), erasable and programmable Read-only memory (Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM) or portable read-only memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), etc.
可选的,所述通信装置1300还可以包括收发器1305、天线1306。所述收发器1305可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1305可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the communication device 1300 may further include a transceiver 1305 and an antenna 1306 . The transceiver 1305 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to realize a transceiver function. The transceiver 1305 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
所述通信装置1300为第一装置:处理器1301用于执行信道接入方式确定方法100中的S104,以及用于执行信道接入方式确定方法400中的S401、S402;收发器1305用于执行信道接入方式确定方法100中的S103。The communication device 1300 is a first device: the processor 1301 is used to execute S104 in the channel access mode determination method 100, and is used to perform S401 and S402 in the channel access mode determination method 400; the transceiver 1305 is used to perform S103 in the method 100 for determining a channel access mode.
所述通信装置1300为第二装置:处理器1301用于执行信道接入方式确定方法100中的S101。收发器1305用于执行信道接入方式确定方法100中的S102。The communication device 1300 is a second device: the processor 1301 is configured to execute S101 in the method 100 for determining a channel access mode. The transceiver 1305 is configured to execute S102 in the method 100 for determining a channel access mode.
另一种可能的设计中,处理器1301中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如 该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。In another possible design, the processor 1301 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions. For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit. The transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together. The above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
又一种可能的设计中,可选的,处理器1301可以存有指令1303,指令1303在处理器1301上运行,可使得所述通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。指令1303可能固化在处理器1301中,该种情况下,处理器1301可能由硬件实现。In yet another possible design, optionally, the processor 1301 may store instructions 1303, and the instructions 1303 run on the processor 1301, and may cause the communication device 1300 to execute the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. The instruction 1303 may be fixed in the processor 1301, in this case, the processor 1301 may be implemented by hardware.
又一种可能的设计中,通信装置1300可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请实施例中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。In yet another possible design, the communication device 1300 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor and the transceiver described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc. The processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (Bipolar Junction Transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
本申请实施例和上述信道接入方式确定方法100至信道接入方式确定方法600所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述信道接入方式确定方法100至信道接入方式确定方法600所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application and the method embodiments shown in the channel access method determination method 100 to the channel access method determination method 600 above are based on the same idea, and the technical effects they bring are also the same. For specific principles, please refer to the above channel access method determination method The description of the embodiment shown in 100 to the method for determining the channel access mode 600 will not be repeated here.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存计算机软件指令,当所述指令被通信装置执行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,用于储存计算机软件指令,当所述指令被通信装置执行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which is used for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program, which, when running on a computer, can realize the functions of any one of the above method embodiments.
上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的交互或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state drive,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the interactions or functions described in the embodiments of the present application will be generated. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state drive (solid state drive, SSD)) etc.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (61)

  1. 一种信道接入方式确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for determining a channel access method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一装置接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The first device receives the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy and loss of the neural network at least one of the values;
    所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;The first device determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value;
    所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The second channel access manner refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide on channel access by the STA.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first device determines the channel access of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value ways, including:
    所述第一装置在所述精确度大于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode when the accuracy is greater than a first preset value;
    所述第一装置在所述精确度小于或等于所述第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode when the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first device determines the channel access of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value ways, including:
    所述第一装置在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;所述第二预设值大于零;The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode when the first value is greater than a second preset value; the second preset value is greater than zero;
    所述第一装置在第一值小于或等于所述第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式;The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode when the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value;
    所述第一值是所述精确度减去所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,The first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or,
    所述第一值是所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去所述损失值的值。The first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein when the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置在所述精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;The first device sends first indication information to the second device when the accuracy is greater than a third preset value; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第三预设值大于所述第一预设值。The third preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein when the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置在所述第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;When the first value is greater than a fourth preset value, the first device sends first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第四预设值大于所述第二预设值。The fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置在确定的信道接入方式与所述STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向所述 第二装置发送所述确定的信道接入方式。When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the first device sends the determined channel access mode to the second device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置为所述STA,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the first device is the STA, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置接收来自所述第二装置的第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二装置同意将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式;The first device receives second indication information from the second device; the second indication information is used to instruct the second device to agree to switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined Channel access method;
    所述第一装置将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。The first device switches the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置为接入点AP,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the first device is an access point (AP), and the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置根据所述确定的信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;The first device updates a channel access mode status table according to the determined channel access mode;
    所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel of each STA. access method.
  9. 根据权利要求4至7任一项所述的方法,所述第一装置为所述STA,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:According to the method according to any one of claims 4 to 7, the first device is the STA, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置接收信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数;The first device receives channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network;
    所述第一装置根据所述信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。The first device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
  10. 一种信道接入方式确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for determining a channel access method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The second device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel; the performance evaluation value includes the neural network at least one of precision and loss;
    所述第二装置发送所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。The second device sends the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第二装置接收来自所述第一装置的信道接入方式;所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值确定。The second device receives a channel access mode from the first device; the channel access mode is determined by the first device according to the performance evaluation value.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二装置为接入点AP,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the second device is an access point (AP), and the method further comprises:
    所述第二转置更新信道接入方式状态表;所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式;The second transposition updates the channel access mode state table; the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first A channel access method, the current channel access method of each STA;
    所述第二装置向所述第一装置发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二装置同意所述第一装置将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。The second device sends second indication information to the first device; the second indication information is used to instruct the second device to allow the first device to switch the channel access mode of the first device to The determined channel access method.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二装置为所述STA,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the second device is the STA, and the method further comprises:
    所述第二装置将所述第二装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。The second device switches the channel access mode of the second device to the determined channel access mode.
  14. 根据权利要求10至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二装置为接入点AP;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the second device is an access point AP; the method further comprises:
    所述第二装置接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;The second device receives first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第二装置发送信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。The second device sends channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  15. 根据权利要求10,或11,或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二装置为所述STA;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, or 11, or 13, wherein the second device is the STA; the method further comprises:
    所述第二装置接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二装置需更新信道接入参数;The second device receives first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second device needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第二装置根据所述神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。The second device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain an updated neural network.
  16. 一种信道接入方式确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for determining a channel access method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一装置训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用所述神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The first device trains the neural network to obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the neural network At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the network;
    所述第一装置根据所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;The first device determines the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
    所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The second channel access manner refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide on channel access by the STA.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first device determines the channel access of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value ways, including:
    所述第一装置在所述精确度大于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode when the accuracy is greater than a first preset value;
    所述第一装置在所述精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode when the accuracy is less than or equal to a first preset value.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first device determines the channel access of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value ways, including:
    所述第一装置在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;所述第二预设值大于零;The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode when the first value is greater than a second preset value; the second preset value is greater than zero;
    所述第一装置在第一值小于或等于第三预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式;The first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode when the first value is less than or equal to a third preset value;
    所述第一值是所述精确度减去所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,The first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or,
    所述第一值是所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去所述损失值的值。The first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein when the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置在所述精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;The first device sends first indication information to the second device when the accuracy is greater than a third preset value; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第二预设值大于所述第一预设值。The second preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein when the first device determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置在所述第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;When the first value is greater than a fourth preset value, the first device sends first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第四预设值大于所述第二预设值。The fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  21. 根据权利要求16至20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, further comprising:
    所述第一装置在确定的信道接入方式与所述STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向所述第二装置发送所述确定的信道接入方式。When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, the first device sends the determined channel access mode to the second device.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置是接入点AP;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the first device is an access point (AP); the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置更新信道接入方式状态表;The first device updates the channel access mode state table;
    所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个ST中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel of each STA. access method.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置是所述STA;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the first device is the STA; the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。The first device switches the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode.
  24. 根据权利要求16至22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置是所述AP;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 22, wherein the first device is the AP; the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置发送信道接入参数,所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。The first device sends a channel access parameter, where the channel access parameter includes a neural network structure parameter and a neural network parameter of the neural network of the neural network.
  25. 根据权利要求16至21任一项,或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一装置是所述STA;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 21, or 23, wherein the first device is the STA; the method further comprises:
    所述第一装置根据所述神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络;The first device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain an updated neural network;
    所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。The channel access parameters include neural network structural parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network of the neural network.
  26. 一种信道接入方式确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for determining a channel access method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二装置接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;The second device receives the channel access mode from the first device;
    所述第二装置将当前信道接入方式切换为所述信道接入方式;The second device switches the current channel access mode to the channel access mode;
    所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
    所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;The first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access the channel;
    所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;The second channel access method refers to using a carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
    所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。The performance evaluation value includes at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of the neural network.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 26, further comprising:
    所述第二装置接收信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数;The second device receives channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network;
    所述第二装置根据所述信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。The second device updates the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
  28. 一种信道接入方式确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for determining a channel access method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二装置接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;The second device receives the channel access mode from the first device;
    所述第二装置根据所述信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;The second device updates a channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode;
    所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method;
    所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点述STA接入信道;The first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station to access the channel by the STA;
    所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;The second channel access method refers to using a carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
    所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The performance evaluation value includes at least one of an accuracy and a loss value of the neural network;
    所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述多个STA中每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The channel access mode status table includes the identity of each STA in the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA in the multiple STAs supports the first channel access mode, and each STA in the multiple STAs supports the first channel access mode. The current channel access mode of the STA.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 28, further comprising:
    所述第二装置接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;The second device receives first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第二装置向所述第二装置关联的多个STA中除所述STA外的STA发送信道接入参数;The second device sends channel access parameters to STAs other than the STA among the multiple STAs associated with the second device;
    所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。The channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    通信单元,用于接收第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;A communication unit, configured to receive a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using a neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the accuracy of the neural network and at least one of loss value;
    处理单元,用于根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。A processing unit, configured to determine the channel access method of the STA from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value; the second channel access method refers to using The carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism decides the channel to be accessed by the STA.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:The device according to claim 30, wherein the processing unit determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value , specifically for:
    在所述精确度大于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;When the accuracy is greater than a first preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode;
    在所述精确度小于或等于所述第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。When the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:The device according to claim 30, wherein the processing unit determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value , specifically for:
    在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;所述第二预设值大于零;When the first value is greater than a second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode; the second preset value is greater than zero;
    在第一值小于或等于所述第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式;When the first value is less than or equal to the second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode;
    所述第一值是所述精确度减去所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,The first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or,
    所述第一值是所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去所述损失值的值。The first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,还用于:The device according to claim 31, wherein when the processing unit determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it is further configured to:
    在所述精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;When the accuracy is greater than a third preset value, sending first indication information to the second device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第三预设值大于所述第一预设值。The third preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,还用于:The device according to claim 32, wherein when the processing unit determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, it is further configured to:
    在所述第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;When the first value is greater than a fourth preset value, sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第四预设值大于所述第二预设值。The fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  35. 根据权利要求30至34任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 30 to 34, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    在确定的信道接入方式与所述STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向所述第二装置发送所述确定的信道接入方式。When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, sending the determined channel access mode to the second device.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述STA,所述处理单元,还用于:The device according to claim 35, wherein the device is the STA, and the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元接收来自所述第二装置的第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二装置同意将所述装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式;Receive second indication information from the second device through the communication unit; the second indication information is used to instruct the second device to agree to switch the channel access mode of the device to the determined channel access mode input method;
    将所述装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。switching the channel access mode of the device to the determined channel access mode.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为接入点AP,所述处理单元,还用于:The device according to claim 35, wherein the device is an access point AP, and the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述确定的信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;Updating the channel access mode status table according to the determined channel access mode;
    所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel of each STA. access method.
  38. 根据权利要求33至36任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一装置为所述STA,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 33 to 36, wherein the first device is the STA, and the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元接收信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络 结构参数和神经网络参数;Receive channel access parameters through the communication unit; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network;
    根据所述信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。Updating the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
  39. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    处理单元,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;The processing unit is used to train the neural network and obtain the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network to decide the station STA to access the channel; the performance evaluation value includes the neural network At least one of the accuracy and loss values of the network;
    通信单元,用于发送所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值。A communication unit, configured to send the performance evaluation value of the first channel access manner.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to claim 39, wherein the communication unit is further used for:
    接收来自所述第一装置的信道接入方式;所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据所述性能评估值确定。Receive a channel access mode from the first device; the channel access mode is determined by the first device according to the performance evaluation value.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为接入点AP,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 40, wherein the device is an access point AP, and the processing unit is further configured to:
    更新信道接入方式状态表;所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式;Updating the channel access mode state table; the channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STAs associated with the first device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, The current channel access mode of each STA;
    向所述第一装置发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述装置同意所述第一装置将所述第一装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。Sending second indication information to the first device; the second indication information is used to indicate that the device agrees to switch the channel access mode of the first device to the determined channel access mode by the first device Way.
  42. 根据权利要求40所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述STA,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 40, wherein the device is the STA, and the processing unit is further configured to:
    将所述装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。switching the channel access mode of the device to the determined channel access mode.
  43. 根据权利要求39至42任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为接入点AP;所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 39 to 42, wherein the device is an access point AP; the communication unit is also used for:
    接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;receiving first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    发送信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。Sending channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  44. 根据权利要求39,或40,或42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述STA;所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 39, or 40, or 42, wherein the device is the STA; the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述装置需更新信道接入参数;receiving first indication information from the first device through the communication unit, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the device needs to update channel access parameters;
    根据所述神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。The neural network is updated according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain an updated neural network.
  45. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    处理单元,用于训练神经网络,获得第一信道接入方式的性能评估值;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用所述神经网络决策站点STA接入信道,所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的 精确度和损失值中的至少一种;A processing unit, configured to train a neural network, and obtain a performance evaluation value of a first channel access method; the first channel access method refers to using the neural network decision-making station STA to access a channel, and the performance evaluation value includes the At least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network;
    处理单元,还用于根据所述第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道。The processing unit is further configured to determine the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access mode; the second channel access mode The two-channel access mode refers to using a carrier sense collision avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:The device according to claim 45, wherein the processing unit determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value , specifically for:
    在所述精确度大于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;When the accuracy is greater than a first preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode;
    在所述精确度小于或等于第一预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式。When the accuracy is less than or equal to the first preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode.
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据所述性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定所述STA的信道接入方式,具体用于:The device according to claim 45, wherein the processing unit determines the channel access mode of the STA from the first channel access mode and the second channel access mode according to the performance evaluation value , specifically for:
    在第一值大于第二预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式;所述第二预设值大于零;When the first value is greater than a second preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode; the second preset value is greater than zero;
    在第一值小于或等于第三预设值时,确定所述STA的信道接入方式为第二信道接入方式;When the first value is less than or equal to a third preset value, determine that the channel access mode of the STA is the second channel access mode;
    所述第一值是所述精确度减去所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的精确度的值;或,The first value is the accuracy minus the accuracy of the first channel access method used by the STA; or,
    所述第一值是所述STA已使用的第一信道接入方式的损失值减去所述损失值的值。The first value is a value obtained by subtracting the loss value from the loss value of the first channel access mode used by the STA.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 46, wherein when the processing unit determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, the processing unit is further configured to:
    在所述精确度大于第三预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;When the accuracy is greater than a third preset value, sending first indication information to the second device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第二预设值大于所述第一预设值。The second preset value is greater than the first preset value.
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元确定所述STA的信道接入方式为所述第一信道接入方式时,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 47, wherein when the processing unit determines that the channel access mode of the STA is the first channel access mode, the processing unit is further configured to:
    在所述第一值大于第四预设值时,向第二装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;When the first value is greater than a fourth preset value, sending first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    所述第四预设值大于所述第二预设值。The fourth preset value is greater than the second preset value.
  50. 根据权利要求45至49任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    在确定的信道接入方式与所述STA的当前信道接入方式不相同时,向所述第二装置发送所述确定的信道接入方式。When the determined channel access mode is different from the current channel access mode of the STA, sending the determined channel access mode to the second device.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置是接入点AP;所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 50, wherein the device is an access point (AP); and the processing unit is further configured to:
    更新信道接入方式状态表;Update the channel access mode status table;
    所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述装置关联的多个ST中每个STA的身份标识、所述每个STA是否支持第一信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The channel access mode state table includes the identity of each STA among the multiple STs associated with the device, whether each STA supports the first channel access mode, and the current channel access mode of each STA. Way.
  52. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置是所述STA;所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 50, wherein the device is the STA; and the processing unit is further configured to:
    将所述装置的信道接入方式切换为所述确定的信道接入方式。switching the channel access mode of the device to the determined channel access mode.
  53. 根据权利要求45至51任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置是所述AP;所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 45 to 51, wherein the device is the AP; the communication unit is further configured to:
    发送信道接入参数,所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。Sending channel access parameters, where the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network of the neural network.
  54. 根据权利要求45至50任一项,或51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置是所述STA;所述处理单元还用于:According to any one of claims 45 to 50, or the device described in 51, wherein the device is the STA; the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述神经网络对应的信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络;updating the neural network according to the channel access parameters corresponding to the neural network to obtain an updated neural network;
    所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。The channel access parameters include neural network structural parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network of the neural network.
  55. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    通信单元,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;a communication unit, configured to receive a channel access method from the first device;
    处理单元,用于将当前信道接入方式切换为所述信道接入方式;a processing unit, configured to switch the current channel access mode to the channel access mode;
    所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种。The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method The access method refers to using the neural network to decide the access channel of the station STA; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the access channel of the STA; the performance evaluation value includes the STA access channel of the neural network At least one of precision and loss value.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 55, wherein the processing unit is further used for:
    接收信道接入参数;所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数;Receive channel access parameters; the channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network;
    根据所述信道接入参数更新所述神经网络,获得更新后的神经网络。Updating the neural network according to the channel access parameters to obtain an updated neural network.
  57. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    通信单元,用于接收来自第一装置的信道接入方式;a communication unit, configured to receive a channel access method from the first device;
    处理单元,用于根据所述信道接入方式,更新信道接入方式状态表;A processing unit, configured to update the channel access mode status table according to the channel access mode;
    所述信道接入方式是所述第一装置根据第一信道接入方式的性能评估值,从所述第一信道接入方式和第二信道接入方式中确定的;所述第一信道接入方式是指利用神经网络决策站点述STA接入信道;所述第二信道接入方式是指利用载波侦听冲突避免机制决策所述STA接入信道;The channel access method is determined by the first device from the first channel access method and the second channel access method according to the performance evaluation value of the first channel access method; the first channel access method The access method refers to using the neural network to decide the STA access channel; the second channel access method refers to using the carrier sense conflict avoidance mechanism to decide the STA access channel;
    所述性能评估值包括所述神经网络的精确度和损失值中的至少一种;所述信道接入方式状态表包括与所述第一装置关联的多个STA的标识、所述多个STA中每个STA支持的信道接入方式、所述每个STA的当前信道接入方式。The performance evaluation value includes at least one of the accuracy and loss value of the neural network; the channel access mode state table includes identifiers of multiple STAs associated with the first device, the multiple STAs The channel access mode supported by each STA, and the current channel access mode of each STA.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to claim 57, wherein the communication unit is further used for:
    接收来自所述第一装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述STA需更新信道接入参数;receiving first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the STA needs to update channel access parameters;
    向所述装置关联的多个STA中除所述STA外的STA发送信道接入参数;sending channel access parameters to STAs other than the STA among the multiple STAs associated with the device;
    所述信道接入参数包括所述神经网络的神经网络结构参数和神经网络参数。The channel access parameters include neural network structure parameters and neural network parameters of the neural network.
  59. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和收发器,所述收发器用于与其它通信装置进行通信;所述处理器用于运行程序,以使得所述通信装置实现权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法,或者,以使得所述通信装置实现权利要求10至15任一项所述的方法,或者,以使得所述通信装置实现权利要求16至25任一项所述的方法,或者,以使得所述通信装置实现权利要求26或27所述的方法,或者,以使得所述通信装置实现权利要求28或29所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a transceiver, the transceiver is used to communicate with other communication devices; the processor is used to run a program, so that the communication device implements any one of claims 1 to 9 The method described in item 1, or, so that the communication device implements the method described in any one of claims 10 to 15, or, so that the communication device implements the method described in any one of claims 16 to 25, Or, to make the communication device implement the method in claim 26 or 27, or to make the communication device implement the method in claim 28 or 29.
  60. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求10至15任一项所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求16至25任一项所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求26或27所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求28或29所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a computer, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 9 is executed; or any one of claims 10 to 15 A method described in one is carried out; Or the method described in any one of claim 16 to 25 is carried out; Or the method described in claim 26 or 27 is carried out; Or the method described in claim 28 or 29 is carried out .
  61. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求10至15任一项所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求16至25任一项所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求26或27所述的方法被执行;或者权利要求28或29所述的方法被执行。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the method of any one of claims 1 to 9 to be performed; or the method of any one of claims 10 to 15 to be performed; or The method of any one of claims 16 to 25 is performed; or the method of claim 26 or 27 is performed; or the method of claim 28 or 29 is performed.
PCT/CN2022/134771 2021-12-30 2022-11-28 Channel access mode determination method and apparatus WO2023124694A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111660704.8 2021-12-30
CN202111660704.8A CN116419416A (en) 2021-12-30 2021-12-30 Channel access mode determining method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023124694A1 true WO2023124694A1 (en) 2023-07-06

Family

ID=86997519

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/134771 WO2023124694A1 (en) 2021-12-30 2022-11-28 Channel access mode determination method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116419416A (en)
WO (1) WO2023124694A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017023006A1 (en) * 2015-07-31 2017-02-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Channel bonding based signal transmission method and device therefor
CN111586809A (en) * 2020-04-08 2020-08-25 西安邮电大学 Heterogeneous wireless network access selection method and system based on SDN
CN113784359A (en) * 2021-09-08 2021-12-10 昆明理工大学 Dynamic channel access method based on improved BP neural network algorithm

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017023006A1 (en) * 2015-07-31 2017-02-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Channel bonding based signal transmission method and device therefor
CN111586809A (en) * 2020-04-08 2020-08-25 西安邮电大学 Heterogeneous wireless network access selection method and system based on SDN
CN113784359A (en) * 2021-09-08 2021-12-10 昆明理工大学 Dynamic channel access method based on improved BP neural network algorithm

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116419416A (en) 2023-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8116809B2 (en) Method and apparatus of multiple entity wireless communication adapter
JP2021522750A (en) Communication method and communication device
US20140269468A1 (en) Systems and methods for wireless band switching
WO2022002221A1 (en) Multi-link establishment method and communication apparatus
US9072033B2 (en) Systems and methods for concurrent device discovery
US20130095761A1 (en) Systems and methods for seamless switching between a plurality of wireless connections for wireless transmissions
US9351226B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus based on association mechanism in wireless local area network system
WO2021254459A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining link reachability
WO2021244264A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2022262734A1 (en) Channel access method and related apparatus
WO2023124694A1 (en) Channel access mode determination method and apparatus
CN113810963A (en) Communication method, device, relay equipment and terminal equipment
US20230056525A1 (en) Information determination method, device, apparatus and computer readable storage medium
US20220272778A1 (en) Sidelink interface radio bearer configuration method, terminal and network device
WO2021203892A1 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus and device, and computer readable storage medium
JP2009525000A (en) Send notification instructions
US20100302982A1 (en) Method for receiving packets and apparatus for using the same
WO2023040794A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023237039A1 (en) Channel access method and related product
US20230254732A1 (en) Multi-Link Device Load Signaling and Use in WLAN
US20220294583A1 (en) Enhanced multi-link operation switching mechanisms
WO2023197936A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023207223A1 (en) Multi-link reconfiguration method and device
WO2023040812A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2022233191A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting cell or carrier information

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22913952

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1